八年级英语第一学期期末测试卷(问卷)_4
人教版八年级上学期英语《期末检测卷》(含答案解析)
人教版英语八年级上学期期末测试卷听力测试录音中有五个句子,每个句子听两遍,然后从每小题A、B、C中选出能对每个句子做出适当反应的答语.1. A. Winter. B. Chinese. C. Sunday.2. A. It’s bad. B. Thank you. C. You’re welcome.3. A. It’s dry. B. It’s exciting. C. It’s cheap.4. A. On foot. B. Good. C. Blue.5. A. You’re right. B. Well done. C. Good idea.录音中有三个句子,每个句子对应一幅图片,每个句子听两遍,然后选择与句子内容相对应的图片.6. ___________7. ___________8. ___________A B C录音中有五组对话,听对话两遍后,从每小题A、B、C中选出能回答所给问题的正确答案.9. How much is the beef?A. $5.B. $10.C. $15.10. Where is the bookstore?A. It’s between the supermarket and the KFC.B. It’s behind the supermarket.C. It’s next to the KFC.11. What is Tom good at?A. Chinese.B. Maths.C. English.12. What will Tony do?A. He will do some reading.B. He will go out to play.C. He will go to bed.13. What will the weather be like tomorrow?A. Fine.B. Cloudy.C. Sunny.录音中有一段长对话,听对话两遍后,从每小题A、B、C中选出能回答所给问题的正确答案.14. Which country has Jim been to?A. The PRC.B. The USA.C. The UK.15. How long has Jim been back?A. For two days.B. Since three days ago.C. For a week.16. What holiday did Jim spend in that country?A. New Year.B. Christmas.C. Thanksgiving Day.17. Jim has returned to school, hasn’t he?A. Yes, he has.B. No, he hasn’t.C. We don’t know.录音中有三小段独白,听独白两遍后,根据独白内容,将信息配对.18. Jenny A. flying a kite19. Alan B. taking a trip to Paris20. Linda C. visiting the art museum听力填表(共5小题;录音播放前,你有20秒钟的读题时间)录音中有一篇短文,是马利亚相关情况的自我介绍.听短文两遍后,请你根据表格内容提示,记录信息,完成表格(每空一词).阅读理解阅读下列短文,然后从每小题A、B、C、D 中选出能回答所提问题或完成所给句子的最佳答案.ALong long ago, an old man lived with his three sons. He had 17 horses. One day, he died. In his will (遗嘱), the old man said that the eldest son would have half of the 17 horses, the second one would get one third and the youngest one would get one ninth!All of them were very puzzled (困惑的) to read the will. They spent several days thinking how to divide 17 horses, but couldn’t find the answer.They finally asked a wise (智慧的) man in their village for help. The wise man quickly found a way. He asked them to bring all 17 horses to a large place. Then he brought one of his horses and made the number of the horses become 18.He asked the first son to read the will. He should get half of the horses. It was 18/2---9 horses.The wise man asked the second son to read the will. He could get one third of the horses. It was 18/3---6 horses.The third son got one ninth of the horses. It was18/9---2 horses. There were 9+6+2 horses,which came to 17 horses. The wise man solved this problem easily and took back his horse. 1. The old man lived ______________. A. in a small town B. in a village C. with his two sons D. with a wise man2. What does the underlined word “divide” mean in Chinese?A. 分配B. 喂养C. 收集D. 售卖3. How many horses should the second son get?A. 2B. 3C. 6D. 94. Which of the following is TRUE?A. The youngest son could get three horses.B. The wise man got his horse back at last.C. The three sons asked the wise man for help at first.D. The wise man asked them to take all the horses to his home.5. What does the writer want to tell us in the passage?A. It’s not easy to be a wise man.B. Maths is important in our daily life.C. It’s difficult to solve a problem.D. Any problem has a way to solve.Speaking English is important. SpeakingPal is one of the best apps for Englishlearners to practice speaking. It allows users to speak English in short fundialogues with a video character.Speaking English is easy, but writing it is often much more difficult. If you startto learn English, I bet(敢说、打赌) that you would get lots of words misspelled(拼错). If you don’t want this to happen, we suggest that you try SpellChecker which can help correct your English spelling easily.On Learn English Video, you’ll find two thousand best videos offered on topicssuch as British food and culture, everyday life and famous stories and poems. Itcan improve your English listening skills quickly.The most popular free Kobo Reading app gives you right to Kobo eBook storewith 4 millione-books and magazines. Join millions of readers world wide andread conveniently(方便地) on your mobile phone or computer.6. How many learning English ways are mentioned(提及)in the text(文章)?A. One.B. Two.C. Three.D. Four.7. On Speaking Pal, you can chat with .A. a video characterB. personal computersC. foreign readersD. new friends8. If spelling is difficult for you, you’d better use .A. Speaking PalB. Spell CheckerC. Learn English VideoD. Kobo Reading9. Learn English Video can improve your .A. speaking skillsB. writing skillsC. listening skillsD. reading skills10. In which part of a magazine can we read the text?A. Science.B. Culture.C. Sports.D. Study.The moon was behind a cloud and there weren’t many stars in the sky.It was a dark night. I saw a glow(光,光亮) in my neighbour’s kitchen. I thought he was having a night meal so I went back to my bed.Soon, there was a smell of burning (烧东西的焦糊味) in the air and I thought there was probably something wrong. I jumped out of the bed quickly and went out to make s ure. I saw a fire coming out of my neighbour’s kitchen. Then I shouted "Fire! Fire!" But no one in the neighbourhood heard my shouts for help.I ran into my house, called the fire department (消防队) and went back to my neighbour’s house. I banged (猛敲)on the d oor and called out my neighbour’s name, but there was no answer. Finally I got into the house and rescued a cat and a dog.I tried to pour water through the kitchen window but it was no use. It was a big fire. Luckily, the firemen arrived soon and stopped the fire.When my neighbour came back, he was sad for his kitchen but he thanked me for calling the fire department and for saving his pets. He wanted to give me some money but I did not accept it.Weeks later, my neighbour had a new kitchen. He invited me to see his new kitchen and we enjoyed a big meal there. It made me very happy.11. When did the fire happen?A. In the morning.B. In the afternoon.C. At noon.D. At night. 12. Where was the writer when he found there was a smell of burning in the air?A. In his bedroom.B. In his kitchen.C. In his neighbour’s kitchen.D. In his neighbour’s living room.13. The underlined word “rescued” means “ ” according to the passage. A. saw B. called C. thanked D. saved14. What did the neighbour feel sad for? A. His pets. B. His kitchen. C. The firemen.D. The fire department. 15. How did the neighbour thank the writer? A. He gave the writer some money. B. He gave the writer his pet dog.C. He invited the writer to a big meal.D. He asked the writer to see a movie. DBThe seasons in Australia are not like ours.When it is winter in China ,it is summer there.Australia is a southerncountry.It is in the south of the world.June,July and August are the winter months;September,October and November are spring;the summer is in December,January and February;and March,April and May are the autumn months.The north of the country is hotter than the south.A very large part of this country has no rain at all.The east coast has rain all the year,and there are no dry months.The southeast winds blow the whole year.They bring rain from the sea.There is not much rain on the west side.The southeastern part of Australia has summer rain from the southeast winds.They only blow here in summer. The southwestern part of Australia has winter rain.The west winds blow over the southwest in winter only.In summer,the southwest of the country has no rain.In the north of Australia,there is no rain in winter.The rain comes in summer.The northwest winds bring it.16. It is ________ in Australia in November.A. springB. summerC. autumnD. winter17. In Australia,it is ________ in the south than in the north.A. hotterB. warmerC. colderD. cooler18. The ________ of Australia has the most rain.A. eastern partB. southeastern partC. southern partD. northern part19. The southwest of the country has no rain in summer because ________.A. it is dry thereB. the west winds never blowC. the northwest winds blowD. the west winds blow only in winter20. There is no rain in winter ________ of Australia.A. in the southeastB. in the northC. in the southwestD. in the south短文还原阅读短文,从短文下面方框中的六个句子中选择五个还原到短文中,使短文通顺完整、衔接自然.Qian Zhongshu was one of the most famous Chinese writers to the western world. He was born on November 21, 1910 in Wuxi, Jiangsu Province. He grew up with his uncle, who didn’t have a son._____21_____ He only needed to read something once before learning it by heart. He showed his good memory at an early age. When he was a small boy, his uncle often took him to tea houses._____22_____ When they returned home, he could repeat the stories to his cousins.______23______ Although he failed his math test, he entered the university because he was so good at Chinese and English.In Tsinghua University he met his wife Yang Jiang, who is one year younger than him and a famous writer, too. _______24_______ Two years later, their daughter Qian Yuan was born. Qian died of illness on December 19, 1998.Qian left many works to the world. _______25_______ It has been translated into (已经被翻译成) more than six foreign languages.A. They married in 1935.B. Qian went to Tsinghua University in 1929.C. Qian had a surprising memory (记忆力).D. Do you know more about Qian Zhongshu?E. He liked reading story books in the tea houses.F. His most famous novel, Fortress Besieged (围城), came out in 1947.综合填空A阅读下列短文,根据短文内容,从每个方框内所给11个词汇中选择10个意义相符的词汇,必要时进行词形变化,填入空白处.The tiger is the largest wild cat(猫科动物)in the world.Tigers wait until it is dark, then they go out to find their _____26_____. When a tiger sees an animal, it moves very _____27_____, _____28_____ jumps on the animal to kill it. Sometimes it can take several _____29_____ for a tiger to finish eating its kill.Tigers are _____30_____ from others in the cat family. Most cat families don’t like water, _____31_____ they like water. They often jump ____32____ rivers to swim.All tigers are _____33_____ danger. People killed them to use their skins(皮)_____34_____ clothes, and theirbodies for medicine.There is ____35____ and less land for tigers to live on. But now people have made plans to protect them.B阅读下面的短文,根据短文内容,从每个方框内所给的11个词汇中选择10个意义相符的词汇,必要时可加情态动词或者助动词,进行词形变化,填入空白处.Long long ago, the youngest daughter of Emperor Yan went ______36______ on the Eastern Sea. The girl______37______ very happy on the sea. But when she _______38_______ a good time, a strong wind rose on the sea and turned her boat upside down. She was thus drowned(淹死), but her spirit(灵魂)turned into a beautiful bird crying sadly in the sound “Jingwei, Jingwei”.Because she wanted _____39_____her father again and hated the sea so much, she _____40_____ some stones into the sea day after day, without a rest, in order to ____41____ the sea into the land(陆地).From this story comes the saying “The bird Jingwei trying to ______42______ the sea”. The story is a little sad. But it ______43______ us something important. When we do anything, we have to ______44______ hard. For example, ______45______ English is difficult. But if you study hard, you can learn it well. Do you think so?阅读表达阅读短文,根据题目要求完成各小题.Do you think English is a difficult language to learn? Well, here are some good ways to learn English.●Read in your school librar y if you are a student.Most school libraries have a centre for English learners. If your school library has the centre, and you are learning English as a second language, you can often go there.●Go to your local library.There are lots of books about English for the learners in (71)it. And you can read them for free. Talk with someone in English.●Talk with a friend in English.If you don’t have a friend to talk with, you can find a partner in your local newspaper. It can help you practise your English pronunciation.●Read popular English books.Popular books are very good. (74) Pick easy books to read. If you pick something too difficult, you will feel bored with learning English. Reading English stories can help you learn words easily.●Watch popular Eng lish TV shows and films.This helps practise your listening skills. You can also learn how people speak English in their everyday lives.46. How many ways to learn English are mentioned (提及)in the passage?__________________________________________________________________47. What does the underlined (划线)“it” refer to (指代)?_________________________________________________________________48. What can you do if you don’t have a friend to talk with?__________________________________________________________________49. 请将画线单词翻译成汉语.___________________________________________________________________50. Give the best title to the passage.___________________________________________________________________51.书面表达近年来,人们越来越重视环境和动物保护.假如你是林涛,想要加入学校动物保护协会,请根据以下要点,用英文写一封申请信.要求:1)表达清楚,语法正确,上下文连贯;2) 必须包括提示中的所有信息,并按要求适当发挥;2)词数:80-100词左右(开头已给出,不计入总词数)3)不得使用真实姓名、校名和地名等.Dear Chairperson (会长),I would like to join our school Animal Protection Society.I am looking forward to hearing from you soon! Please email me at 718956071@. Yours sincerely, Li Hua答案与解析听力测试录音中有五个句子,每个句子听两遍,然后从每小题A、B、C中选出能对每个句子做出适当反应的答语.1. A. Winter. B. Chinese. C. Sunday.2. A. It’s bad. B. Thank you. C. You’re welcome.3. A. It’s dry. B. It’s exciting. C. It’s cheap.4. A. On foot. B. Good. C. Blue.5. A. You’re right. B. Well done. C. Good idea.录音中有三个句子,每个句子对应一幅图片,每个句子听两遍,然后选择与句子内容相对应的图片.6. ___________7. ___________8. ___________A B C录音中有五组对话,听对话两遍后,从每小题A、B、C中选出能回答所给问题的正确答案.9. How much is the beef?A. $5.B. $10.C. $15.10. Where is the bookstore?A. It’s between the supermarket and the KFC.B. It’s behind the supermarket.C. It’s next to the KFC.11. What is Tom good at?A. Chinese.B. Maths.C. English.12. What will Tony do?A. He will do some reading.B. He will go out to play.C. He will go to bed.13. What will the weather be like tomorrow?A. Fine.B. Cloudy.C. Sunny.录音中有一段长对话,听对话两遍后,从每小题A、B、C中选出能回答所给问题的正确答案.14. Which country has Jim been to?A. The PRC.B. The USA.C. The UK.15. How long has Jim been back?A. For two days.B. Since three days ago.C. For a week.16. What holiday did Jim spend in that country?A. New Year.B. Christmas.C. Thanksgiving Day.17. Jim has returned to school, hasn’t he?A. Yes, he has.B. No, he hasn’t.C. We don’t know.录音中有三小段独白,听独白两遍后,根据独白内容,将信息配对.18. Jenny A. flying a kite19. Alan B. taking a trip to Paris20. Linda C. visiting the art museum听力填表(共5小题;录音播放前,你有20秒钟的读题时间)录音中有一篇短文,是马利亚相关情况的自我介绍.听短文两遍后,请你根据表格内容提示,记录信息,完成表格(每空一词).阅读理解阅读下列短文,然后从每小题A、B、C、D 中选出能回答所提问题或完成所给句子的最佳答案.ALong long ago, an old man lived with his three sons. He had 17 horses. One day, he died. In his will (遗嘱), the old man said that the eldest son would have half of the 17 horses, the second one would get one third and the youngest one would get one ninth!All of them were very puzzled (困惑的) to read the will. They spent several days thinking how to divide 17 horses, but couldn’t find the answer.They finally asked a wise (智慧的) man in their village for help. The wise man quickly found a way. He asked them to bring all 17 horses to a large place. Then he brought one of his horses and made the number of the horses become 18.He asked the first son to read the will. He should get half of the horses. It was 18/2---9 horses.The wise man asked the second son to read the will. He could get one third of the horses. It was 18/3---6 horses.The third son got one ninth of the horses. It was18/9---2 horses.There were 9+6+2 horses, which came to 17 horses.The wise man solved this problem easily and took back his horse.1. The old man lived ______________.A. in a small townB. in a villageC. with his two sonsD. with a wise man2. What does the underlined word “divide” mean in Chinese?A. 分配B. 喂养C. 收集D. 售卖3. How many horses should the second son get?A. 2B. 3C. 6D. 94. Which of the following is TRUE?A. The youngest son could get three horses.B. The wise man got his horse back at last.C. The three sons asked the wise man for help at first.D. The wise man asked them to take all the horses to his home.5. What does the writer want to tell us in the passage?A. It’s not easy to be a wise man.B. Maths is important in our daily life.C. It’s difficult to solve a problem.D. Any problem has a way to solve.【答案】1. B 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. D【解析】【分析】本文讲述了一位老人留了遗嘱要把17匹马分给三个儿子,大儿子将得到17匹马的一半,老二得到三分之一,老二得到九分之一.他们不知道如何分这些马.最后他们找了村里的一位智者帮助他们,他牵来了一匹马来,使马的数目共有十八匹.最后按照遗嘱分了马.【1题详解】推理判断题.根据They finally asked a wise (智慧的) man in their village for help.可知,这位老人住在一个村子里.故选B.【2题详解】词义猜测题.根据One day, he died. In his will (遗嘱), the old man said that the eldest son would have half of the 17 horses, the second one would get one third and the youngest one would get one ninth!可知,此处把17匹马进行分配.故选A.【3题详解】细节理解题.根据The wise man asked the second son to read the will. He could get one third of the horses. It was 18/3---6 horses.可知,他的第二个儿子得到了6匹马.故选C.【4题详解】细节理解题.根据There were 9+6+2 horses, which came to 17 horses.和The wise man solved this problem easily and took back his horse.可知,智者轻松地解决了这个问题,最后收回了他的马.故选B.【5题详解】推理判断题.根据All of them were very puzzled (困惑的) to read the will. They spent several days thinking how to divide 17 horses, but couldn’t find the answer.可知,他们对这个问题感到困惑,认为无法解决.根据The wise man solved this problem easily and took back his horse.可知,最后有位智者解决了这个问题.因此任何问题都有办法解决.故选D.【点睛】认真阅读题干,根据题干要求,在文中寻找答案所在的语句或段落,进行分析理解,词义猜测,推理判断和概括归纳,选出正确的答案.例如小题3,根据The wise man asked the second son to read the will. He could get one third of the horses. It was 18/3---6 horses.可知,他的第二个儿子得到了6匹马.故选C.BSpeaking English is important. SpeakingPal is one of the best apps for Englishlearners to practice speaking. It allows users to speak English in short fundialogues with a video character.Speaking English is easy, but writing it is often much more difficult. If you startto learn English, I bet(敢说、打赌) that you would get lots of words misspelled(拼错). If you don’t want this to happen, we suggest that you try SpellChecker which can help correct your English spelling easily.On Learn English Video, you’ll find two thousand best videos offered on topicssuch as British food and culture, everyday life and famous stories and poems. Itcan improve your English listening skills quickly.The most popular free Kobo Reading app gives you right to Kobo eBook storewith 4 millione-books and magazines. Join millions of readers world wide andread conveniently(方便地) on your mobile phone or computer.6. How many learning English ways are mentioned(提及)in the text(文章)?A. One.B. Two.C. Three.D. Four. 7. On Speaking Pal, you can chat with . A. a video character B. personal computers C. foreign readers D. new friends 8. If spelling is difficult for you, you’d better use . A. Speaking Pal B. Spell Checker C. Learn English Video D. Kobo Reading9. Learn English Video can improve your .A. speaking skillsB. writing skillsC. listening skillsD. reading skills10. In which part of a magazine can we read the text?A. Science.B. Culture.C. Sports.D. Study.【答案】6. D 7. A 8. B 9. C 10. D【解析】【分析】本文介绍了四款学习英语的软件:SpeakingPal,Speaking English,On Learn English Video和Kobo Reading app. 【6题详解】推理判断题.根据SpeakingPal ……和Speaking English ……和On Learn English Video……和The most popularfree Kobo Reading app ……可知,文中提到的学习英语的方法有四种,故选D.【7题详解】推理判断题.根据Speaking English is important. SpeakingPal is one of the best apps for English learners to practicespeaking. It allows users to speak English in short fun dialogues with a video character.可知,在Speaking Pal上,你可以与一个视频人物聊天,故选A. 【8题详解】细节理解题.根据If you don’t want this to happen, we suggest that you try Spell Checker which can help correct your English spelling easily.可知,如果拼写对你来说有困难,你最好使用Spell Checker,故选B.【9题详解】细节理解题.根据On Learn English Video…… It can improve your English liste ning skills quickly.可知,学习英语视频可以提高你的听力技能,故选C.【10题详解】推理判断题.本文介绍了四种学习英语的软件,因此这是与学习有关的.故选D.【点睛】认真阅读题干,根据题干要求,在文中寻找答案所在的语句或段落,进行分析理解,词义猜测,推理判断和概括归纳,选出正确的选项.例如小题3,根据If you don’t want this to happen, we suggest that youtry Spell Checker which can help correct your English spelling easily.可知,如果拼写对你来说有困难,你最好使用Spell Checker,故选B.CThe moon was behind a cloud and there weren’t many stars in the sky.It was a dark night. I saw a glow(光,光亮) in my neighbour’s kitchen. I thought he was having a night meal soI went back to my bed.Soon, there was a smell of burning (烧东西的焦糊味) in the air and I thought there was probably something wrong. I jumped out of the bed quickly and went out to make sure. I saw a fire coming out of my neighbour’skitchen. Then I shouted "Fire! Fire!" But no one in the neighbourhood heard my shouts for help.I ran into my house, called the fire department (消防队) and went back to my neighbour’s house. I banged(猛敲)on the door and called out my neighbour’s name, but there was no answer. Finally I got int o the house and rescueda cat and a dog.I tried to pour water through the kitchen window but it was no use. It was a big fire. Luckily, the firemen arrivedsoon and stopped the fire.When my neighbour came back, he was sad for his kitchen but he thanked me for calling the fire department andfor saving his pets. He wanted to give me some money but I did not accept it.Weeks later, my neighbour had a new kitchen. He invited me to see his new kitchen and we enjoyed a big meal there. It made me very happy.11. When did the fire happen?A. In the morning.B. In the afternoon.C. At noon.D. At night.12. Where was the writer when he found there was a smell of burning in the air?A. In his bedroom.B. In his kitchen.C. In his neighbour’s kitchen.D. In his neig hbour’s living room.13. The underlined word “rescued” means “ ” according to the passage.A. sawB. calledC. thankedD. saved14. What did the neighbour feel sad for?A. His pets.B. His kitchen.C. The firemen.D. The fire department.15. How did the neighbour thank the writer?A. He gave the writer some money.B. He gave the writer his pet dog.C. He invited the writer to a big meal.D. He asked the writer to see a movie.【答案】11. D 12. A 13. D 14. B 15. C【解析】【分析】本文介绍了作者发现邻居家的厨房着火了,他给消防队打电话,消防队员很快到了,扑灭了大火.他的邻居回来后,感谢作者,并且请他吃了一顿大餐.【11题详解】推理判断题.根据It was a dark night. I saw a glow(光,光亮) in my neighbour’s kitchen.可知,大火发生在晚上.故选D.【12题详解】推理判断题.根据Soon, there was a smell of burning (烧东西的焦糊味) in the air and I thought there was probably something wrong. I jumped out of the bed quickly and went out to make sure.可知,当作者闻到烧东西的焦糊味时,他从床上跳下来,因此推断他在自己的卧室里.故选A.【13题详解】词义猜测题.根据When my neighbour came back, he was sad for his kitchen but he thanked me for calling the fire department and for saving his pets.可知,作者救了他的宠物,故选D.【14题详解】细节理解题.根据When my neighbour came back, he was sad for his kitchen but he thanked me for calling the fire department and for saving his pets.可知,作者的邻居为他的厨房感到难过,故选B.【15题详解】推理判断题.根据He invited me to see his new kitchen and we enjoyed a big meal there.可知,作者的邻居为了感谢他,邀请他吃了一顿大餐.故选C.【点睛】认真阅读题干,根据题干要求,在文中寻找答案所在的语句或段落,进行分析理解,词义猜测,推理判断和概括归纳,选出正确的选项.例如小题2,根据Soon, there was a smell of burning (烧东西的焦糊味) in the air and I thought there was probably something wrong. I jumped out of the bed quickly and went out to make sure.可知,当作者闻到烧东西的焦糊味时,他从床上跳下来,因此推断他在自己的卧室里.故选A.DBThe seasons in Australia are not like ours.When it is winter in China,it is summer there.Australia is a southern country.It is in the south of the world.June,July and August are the winter months;September,October and November are spring;the summer is in December,January and February;and March,April and May are the autumn months.The north of the country is hotter than the south.A very large part of this country has no rain at all.The east coast has rain all the year,and there are no dry months.The southeast winds blow the whole year.They bring rain from the sea.There is not much rain on the west side.The southeastern part of Australia has summer rain from the southeast winds.They only blow here in summer.The southwestern part of Australia has winter rain.The west winds blow over the southwest in winter only.In summer,the southwest of the country has no rain.In the north of Australia,there is no rain in winter.The rain comes in summer.The northwest winds bring it.16. It is ________ in Australia in November.A.springB. summerC. autumnD. winter 17. In Australia,it is ________ in the south than in the north. A. hotter B. warmer C. colder D. cooler 18. The ________ of Australia has the most rain. A. eastern part B. southeastern part C. southern part D. northern part19. The southwest of the country has no rain in summer because ________.A. it is dry thereB. the west winds never blowC. the northwest winds blowD. the west winds blow only in winter20. There is no rain in winter ________ of Australia.A. in the southeastB. in the northC. in the southwestD. in the south【答案】16. A 17. C 18. A 19. D 20. B【解析】本文主要介绍了澳大利亚的气候情况.【16题详解】细节理解题.根据文中语句“September, October and November are spring;”知正确答案选A.【17题详解】细节理解题.根据文中语句The north of the country is hotter than the south.可知正确答案选C.【18题详解】细节理解题.根据文中语句“The east coast has rain all year, and there are no dry months.”可知正确答案选A. 【19题详解】细节理解题.根据文中语句“The west winds blow over the southwest in winter only.”可知正确答案选D.【20题详解】细节理解题.根据文中语句“In the north of Australia, there is no rain in winter.”可知正确答案选B.短文还原阅读短文,从短文下面方框中的六个句子中选择五个还原到短文中,使短文通顺完整、衔接自然.Qian Zhongshu was one of the most famous Chinese writers to the western world. He was born on November 21, 1910 in Wuxi, Jiangsu Province. He grew up with his uncle, who didn’t have a son._____21_____ He only needed to read something once before learning it by heart. He showed his good memory at an early age. When he was a small boy, his uncle often took him to tea houses._____22_____ When they returned home, he could repeat the stories to his cousins.______23______ Although he failed his math test, he entered the university because he was so good at Chinese and English.In Tsinghua University he met his wife Yang Jiang, who is one year younger than him and a famous writer, too. _______24_______ Two years later, their daughter Qian Yuan was born. Qian died of illness on December 19, 1998.Qian left many works to the world. _______25_______ It has been translated into (已经被翻译成) more than six foreign languages.A. They married in 1935.B. Qian went to Tsinghua University in 1929.C. Qian had a surprising memory (记忆力).D. Do you know more about Qian Zhongshu?E. He liked reading story books in the tea houses.F. His most famous novel, Fortress Besieged (围城), came out in 1947.【答案】21. C 22. E 23. B 24. A 25. F【解析】本文介绍了钱钟书的生平和他惊人的记忆力.【21题详解】根据He only needed to read something once before learning it by heart. He showed his good memory at an early age.可知,钱钟书有惊人的记忆力,故选C.【22题详解】根据When he was a small boy, his uncle often took him to tea houses.和When they returned home, he could repeat the stories to his cousins.可知,他去茶室,听故事.故选E.【23题详解】根据Although he failed his math test, he entered the university because he was so good at Chinese and English.可知,他去上大学了.故选B.【24题详解】根据Two years later, their daughter Qian Yuan was born.可知,在她女儿出生之前,他们结婚了,故选A. 【25题详解】根据Qian left many works to the world.可知,钱钟书的名著.故选F.综合填空A阅读下列短文,根据短文内容,从每个方框内所给11个词汇中选择10个意义相符的词汇,必要时进行词形变化,填入空白处.。
最新人教版英语八年级上学期《期末检测题》及答案
人教版英语八年级上学期期末测试卷第一部分听力测试听力测试第一节:听对话或描述选图画.下面有3段对话和2段描述,听完以后,A、B、C三幅图画中选出正确的一幅.每段材料读一遍.1.A. B. C.2. A. B. C.3. A. B. C.4. A. B. C.5. A. B. C.第二节:听对话,选答案.听下面4段对话,根据对话内容,从A、B、C三个选项中选出最适当的答案.每段对话读两遍.听第6段材料,完成第6、7小题.6.What did Jenny do yesterday evening?A. She washed the dishes.B. She watched a film.C. She had a party.7. How many people watched the soccer game together?A. 15.B. 16.C. 25.听第7段材料,完成第8—10小题.8. Which hotel is the most comfortable?A. Green Hotel.B. Brown Hotel.C. Smith Hotel.9. What is Green hotel like?A. Its food is the cheapest.B. Its rooms are big and clean.C. It is the closest to this place.10. How does the woman get to Brown Hotel?A. By subway.B. By bus.C. On foot.听第8段材料,完成第11、12小题.11. What did the woman borrow two weeks ago?A. Some story-books.B. Some newspapers.C. Some pictures.12.What’s the name of them?A. POPULAR TV.B. WOMEN FRIENDS.C. READERS.听第9段材料,完成第13—15小题.13. Why did Bob turn down the invitation?A. He will have piano lessons.B. He will look after his sister.C. He will prepare for a test.14. When will Bob arrive home that day?A. At 9:00 p.m.B. At 9:30 p.m.C. At 10:00 p.m.15. What will Bob have to do after he comes home?A. Do his homework.B. Study for a test.C. Practice the piano.第三节: 听短文,选答案.根据短文内容,从A、B、C三个选项中选择正确的选项.短文读两遍.16. Where does Tina come from?A. France.B. India.C. Japan.17. How many students are from India in Tina’s class?A. 3.B. 2. C 1.18. What does Tina do at weekends?A. She visits famous places.B. She studies in the library.C. She goes shopping.19. What TV programme does Tina often watch?A. Animal shows.B. Talk shows.C. Sport shows.20. How long will Tina stay in the US?A. For two weeks.B. For two months.C. For two years.第二部分语言知识运用单项选择从A、B、C、D四个选项中选可填入空白处的最佳选项.1. —Which of the two T-shirts will you take?—I’ll take. One is for my brother and the other is for myself.A. eitherB. bothC. neitherD. all2.—I’m so thirsty. Please give me to drink.— Sure! Here you are.A. two juiceB. two glasses of juiceC. two glasses of juicesD. two juices3. — He was chosen to be a volunteer of the Olympic Games.— Great! No one speaks English _______ him.A. as beautiful asB. as badly asC. worse thanD. better than4.—Which hobby do you think_________the least time?—Collecting stamps.A. takes upB. puts upC. gives upD. makes up5.— Where Tina go on vacation last summer?— She to Hainan.A. did; wentB. does; wentC. did; goD. do; go6.—What do you want to be when you grow up(长大)?—A singer,but my parents wish me ________ a teacher.A. amB. to beC. will beD. be7.— The b ox is too heavy to carry. What’s in it?— Oh, it is books.A. filled withB. covered withC. used forD. asked for8.—I think drinking milk every morning is good ______ our health.— Yes. I agree ______ you.A. to; toB. with; toC. at; withD. for; with9.—Let’s make the milk shake.— OK, put three spoons of honey and a cup of yogurt into a cup, and then . it must be sweet.A. to mixB. mix up themC. mix them all upD. mix up them all10.—What will the future ________?—In a word, our life will get better and better.A. likeB. be likeC. likesD. liking11. — Sophia, do you know ___________ a concert of your favorite singer Lu Han next month in Yichun? —It can’t be true. I will be crazy.A. there will beB. there will haveC. there is going to haveD. there is12. A: ________ will we know the results of the test?B: In a week, I suppose.A. How muchB. How farC. How soonD. How long13.—Mom,I invited Susan to our home for dinner this evening. —OK. Let’s make for her. A. nothing delicious B. delicious nothingC. something deliciousD. delicious something14.—Do you know if he will come tomorrow?—No.But if he________,I'll call you to have a meal together.A. will comeB. won't comeC. comesD. doesn't come15.---_____________ ?---Yes, please. I’d like half a kilo of meat.A. Would you like some meat or fish?B. What about something to eatC. How do you like thisD. Can I help you完形填空先通读下面文章,掌握其大意,然后从各小题所给A、B、C、D的四个选项中,选出一个最佳答案.完形填空Mrs. Black was a famous musician a few years ago. She___16___music at a school and her students did well in their lessons. They liked her very much. Now the old woman stays at home with her husband. The old man looks after his wife well and she___17___worries about anything. And she is very___18___Just like some old people, Mrs. Black finds that her memory(记忆) is falling. Sometimes she________ what she did or will do. It often gets her in trouble. Her___19___noticed(注意到)it and asked her to see a famous doctor. He bought two tickets___20___London and told her he put___21___into her handbag while she was playing the piano. The next morning, they got to the___22___just on time to catch the plane. Mrs. Black said,“I wish we had the___23___with us.”“Don’t be a fool, dear!”said Mr. Black,“We are not goin g to a concert, but to see a___24___”“I know,”she said,“but I left the tickets on it!”16. A. loved B. taught C. enjoyed D. studied17. A. always B. often C. never D. sometimes18. A. sorry B. worried C. sad D. happy19. A. forget B. remember C. forgets D. remembers20. A. husband B. daughter C. son D. student21. A. to B. in C. from D. of22. A. it B. them C. this D. that23. A. airport B. bus stop C. station D. hospital24. A. money B. music C. tickets D. piano25. A. doctor B. film C. play D. house阅读理解阅读下面三篇材料,根据其内容,选择正确答案或完成阅读任务.AHave you ever read an English book? Have you noticed its contents (目录)? If you do so, I think you can understand the contents below. Study the contents page of the book below and choose the right answer to each of the following questions.26. How many pages does the book have?A. It has about eighty-six pages.B. It has a hundred and ten pages.C. It has a hundred and one pages.D. It less than a hundred pages.27. Which part tells you some facts about Shanghai’s growth?A. Part IB. Part IIC. Either Part I or Part IID. Part I and Part II28. Where will you find information about traffic problems?A. In Chapter 7.B. In Chapter 6.C. In Chapter 5.D. In Chapter 4.29. Which pages can you read if you want to know something about food production?A. Pages 17-31.B. Pages 32-46.C. Page 17-85.D. Pages 47-57.30. Where can you find this passage?A. In the front of the book.B. In the middle of the book.C. At the back of the book.D. At the end of the book.B阅读下列短文,从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中选出最佳选项.One day, my father and I were in line to buy tickets for the circus(马戏表演). And a family was standing in front of us.The family had eight children. Their clothes were not expensive but clean.The children talked about theclowns(小丑), elephants, monkeys and other things excitedly. It was their first time to go to the circus.The ticket lady asked the father how many tickets he wanted. He proudly answered, “I want eight children’s tickets and two adults’ tickets, so I can take my family to the circus.”The ticket lady said the price. The man's wifeloweredher head and there was no smile on the man's face. He quietly asked, “How much did you say?”The ticket lady said the price again. The man didn’t have enough money. How could he tell his eight kids the bad news? My dad put his hand into his pocket and pulled out a $20 bill and dropped it on the ground.(In fact, we were not rich!) Then my dad said, “Excuse me, sir, this dropped out of your pocket.”The man knew what was going o n. He looked into my dad’s eyes, held my dad’s hand in his, and took the $20 bill. “Thank you, sir, thank you. This really means a lot to me and my family.”My father and I went back home. We didn’t go to see the circus that night, but we didn’t care.31. What can children see in the circus?A. clownsB. elephantsC. monkeysD. all of them32. The father wanted to buy _________ tickets.A. fourB. sixC. eightD. ten33. The underlined words “lower” might mean __________ in the passage.A. 低头B. 抬头C. 跳上D. 跳下34. Who saw the circus that night?A. The man’s familyB. The writer’s familyC. None of themD. All of them35. We can infer(推测)that the writer’s father is a ________ person.A. youngB. handsomeC. kindD. luckyC阅读下面的材料,然后在表格中完成内容摘要,每空填一词.We need animals. Every animal has its place in the balance (平衡) of nature. We should try to help save the animals.Some people think zoos are good places. The zoos give the animals the comfortable and safe living places. If the animals get hurt or ill, people will take care of them. The zoo is a good place to know the rules in the wild world. We can be much closer to nature. We can know more about the animals in the zoos by watching, listening even smelling instead of just looking at the pictures in books.Some people don’t think animals feel happy in the zoos. Animals like pandas, wolves and bears usually live in the wild. They play and find food by themselves. They are free and happy in the wild. If they are in the zoos, food is enough and rooms are comfortable. They do not need to do their best to find food to eat or places to stay in. They just walk around, sleep day and night, but they are not free at all.I think we should build national parks as wild life nature reserves to protect animals. If we do nothing, animals will get fewer and fewer.第三部分写作完成句子用括号中所给汉语或英语单词的适当形式填空.41. The______(温度) gets very high in hot weather.42. When I got to the top of the mountain, I could___(几乎不)walk any farther.43. Do you know my next door neighbor? He is a_______(钢琴家).44. Nobody doubts that the Shenzhou Ⅸ will help us know more about_____(太空).45. The young_______(旅行者) lost his way in the forest.46. Ms Clark came into the classroom without_______ (say) a word.47. The Greens_______(visit) the museum next Monday. 48. I think the movie is too________(wonder). 49. The_____(deep) you are in understanding, the better you’ll be in your work.50. ____(one) peel some pears, then cut them up. 补全对话用适当的句子补全对话. A: Hey, Cindy! Were you at home at 7:00 last night? B:_________51_________. A: Where did you go? B:_________52_________. A: The Music Club? _________53_________.? B: Oh, I played the violin there. A: ________54________?B: I began to learn it at the age of 6A: I want to learn the violin too. Can you teach me?B:_________55_________.A: Thank you!56.书面表达寒假即将来临,假如你叫Lin Hai,请根据下列提示以“My winter holiday plans”为题写一篇英语短文,谈谈你的寒假计划.要求:1、词数80词左右;2、内容需包括上表中要点,可适当发挥,不用逐词翻译;3、调理清楚,语句连贯;4、文中不得出现真实学校和姓名.My winter holiday plans____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________答案与解析第一部分听力测试听力测试第一节:听对话或描述选图画.下面有3段对话和2段描述,听完以后,A、B、C三幅图画中选出正确的一幅.每段材料读一遍.1.A. B. C.2. A. B. C.3. A. B. C.4. A. B. C.5. A. B. C.第二节:听对话,选答案.听下面4段对话,根据对话内容,从A、B、C三个选项中选出最适当的答案.每段对话读两遍.听第6段材料,完成第6、7小题.6.What did Jenny do yesterday evening?A. She washed the dishes.B. She watched a film.C. She had a party.7. How many people watched the soccer game together?A. 15.B. 16.C. 25.听第7段材料,完成第8—10小题.8. Which hotel is the most comfortable?A. Green Hotel.B. Brown Hotel.C. Smith Hotel.9. What is Green hotel like?A. Its food is the cheapest.B. Its rooms are big and clean.C.It is the closest to this place. 10. How does the woman get to Brown Hotel? A. By subway. B. By bus. C. On foot. 听第8段材料,完成第11、12小题. 11. What did the woman borrow two weeks ago? A. Some story-books. B. Some newspapers. C. Some pictures. 12.What’s the name of them?A. POPULAR TV. B. WOMEN FRIENDS. C. READERS. 听第9段材料,完成第13—15小题. 13. Why did Bob turn down the invitation? A. He will have piano lessons. B. He will look after his sister. C. He will prepare for a test. 14. When will Bob arrive home that day? A. At 9:00 p.m. B. At 9:30 p.m. C. At 10:00 p.m. 15. What will Bob have to do after he comes home? A. Do his homework. B. Study for a test. C. Practice the piano. 第三节: 听短文,选答案.根据短文内容,从A、B、C三个选项中选择正确的选项.短文读两遍.16. Where does Tina come from?A. France.B. India.C. Japan.17. How many students are from India in Tina’s class?A. 3.B. 2. C 1.18. What does Tina do at weekends?A. She visits famous places.B. She studies in the library.C. She goes shopping.19. What TV programme does Tina often watch?A. Animal shows.B. Talk shows.C. Sport shows.20. How long will Tina stay in the US?A. For two weeks.B. For two months.C. For two years.第二部分语言知识运用单项选择从A、B、C、D四个选项中选可填入空白处的最佳选项.1. —Which of the two T-shirts will you take?—I’ll take. One is for my brother and the other is for myself.A. eitherB. bothC. neitherD. all【答案】B【解析】试题分析:句意:——这两件T恤你要哪个?——我两个都要.一个给我哥哥,另一个给我自己.A.either 二者之一;B.both两者都;C.neither都不;D.all都,三者或三者以上.根据句意可知选B.考点: 考查代词的用法. 2.—I’m so thirsty.Please give me to drink. — Sure! Here you are. A. two juice B. two glasses of juice C. two glasses of juices D. two juices 【答案】B 【解析】【详解】句意:——我太渴了.请给我两杯果汁喝.——当然!给你. 考查不可数名词及数量的表达.根据句意“我太渴了.请给我两杯果汁喝.”juice为不可数名词,不能用数词直接来修饰,同时不可数名词没有复数形式,排除A、C、D选项;但不可数名词可以用表示数量的词来表示,两杯果汁,即two glasses of juice,glass“玻璃杯”为可数名词,应用复数,故答案选B.3. — He was chosen to be a volunteer of the Olympic Games.— Great! No one speaks English _______ him.A. as beautiful asB. as badly asC. worse thanD. better than【答案】D【解析】【分析】考点:考查形容词的用法.【详解】试题分析:句意:——他被选为奥运会的志愿者.——太棒了!没有人说英语比他说得好.A. as beautiful as和......一样漂亮;B. as badly as和......一样糟糕;C. worse than 比......更差;D. better than 比......更好.否定词+比较级=最高级.结合句意,当奥运会的志愿者,说英语应是说得最好的,故选D.4.—Which hobby do you think_________the least time?—Collecting stamps.A. takes upB. puts upC. gives upD. makes up【答案】A【解析】句意:-----你认为哪种业余爱好占用最少的时间?-----集邮.A. takes up占用,占据;拿起;开始从事;B. puts up张贴,提供,举起,建造;C. gives up放弃;D. makes up组成;化妆;编造.根据句意和选项可知选A.5.— Where Tina go on vacation last summer?— She to Hainan.A. did; wentB. does; wentC. did; goD. do; go【答案】A【解析】本题考查时态.句意“-蒂娜上个暑假去哪里度假了?-她去了海南”.根据last summer可知用过去时,故选A.6.—What do you want to be when you grow up(长大)?—A singer,but my parents wish me ________ a teacher.A. amB. to beC. will beD. be【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:-当你长大的时候你想成为什么?-一个歌手,但是我的父母希望我成为一名老师.am是,用于主语为第一人称I的时候;to be动词不定式;will be将会是,一般将来时;be动词原形.句中谓语动词为wish,常用于句型wish sb. to do sth.希望某人去做某事,故应选B.7.—The box is too heavy to carry. What’s in it?— Oh, it is books.A. filled withB. covered withC. used forD. asked for【答案】A【解析】试题分析:句意:---这个盒子太重了搬不动.里面有什么?---里面装满了书.A装满;B覆盖;C被用来;D 要求.此题考查固定短语be filled with装满.根据句意,应选A.考点:考查动词短语释义.8.—I think drinking milk every morning is good ______ our health.— Yes. I agree ______ you.A. to; toB. with; toC. at; withD. for; with【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意:——我认为每天早上喝牛奶有益于健康.——是的.我同意你的观点.be good at擅长于;be good for对……有好处;agree with表示同意某人或某人的意见、想法、分析、解释等(即持同一观点).agree to主要用来表示一方提出一项建议、安排、计划等,另一方同意协作.所以选D. 9.—Let’s make the milk shake.— OK, put three spoons of honey and a cup of yogurt into a cup, and then . it must be sweet.A. to mixB. mix up themC. mix them all upD. mix up them all【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:——让我们做奶昔吧.——好的,把三勺蜂蜜和一杯酸奶放进一个杯子里,然后把它们全部混合起来,一定很甜.考查动词短语.根据句意“把三勺蜂蜜和一杯酸奶放进一个杯子里,然后把它们全部混合起来,一定很甜.”可知这里用固定短语mix up混合,排除A选项;mix up是“动词+副词”结构,若宾语为代词,则置于mix 与up之间,所以排除B、D选项;故答案选C.10.—What will the future ________?—In a word, our life will get better and better.A. likeB. be likeC. likesD. liking【答案】B【解析】【分析】【详解】句意:——未来会是什么样?——总之,我们的生活会越来越好.根据will后用动词原形,排除C/D;be like 像,like喜欢,动词;根据句意可知是“未来像什么”;故选B.11. — Sophia, do you know ___________ a concert of your favorite singer Lu Han next month in Yichun?—It can’t be true. I will be crazy.A. there will beB. there will haveC. there is going to haveD. there is【答案】A【解析】【分析】考点:考查宾语从句和there be句型.【详解】试题分析:句意:---Sophia,你知道在宜春下个月是否会有你最喜欢的歌手卢汉的一场音乐会吗?---不可能是真的.我快要疯狂了.根据句意可知用一般将来时态,there be 句型的一般将来时结构是there will be或there is/are going to be.应选A.12. A: ________ will we know the results of the test?B: In a week, I suppose.A. How muchB. How farC. How soonD. How long【答案】C【解析】【分析】考点:考查疑问词.【详解】试题分析: 句意:我们多久会知道考试结果?我猜是一周后.How much多少,How far 多远,How soon多久(用于将来时)How long多久(用于做某事用了多长时间);根据will可知为一般将来时,故选C. 13.—Mom, I invited Susan to our home for dinner this evening.—OK. Let’s make for her.A. nothing deliciousB. delicious nothingC. something deliciousD. delicious something【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:——妈妈,我邀请苏珊今晚到我们家吃晚饭.——好的.我们给她做点好吃的吧.考查不定代词及形容词的位置.something一些事情,不定代词,一般用在肯定句中;nothing什么都没有,不定代词,用在肯定句中表示否定意义.根据OK,可知此处表示的是肯定意义,应用something,排除A、B选项;delicious美味的,形容词,修饰不定代词应放在不定代词的后面,排除D选项;故答案选C. 14.—Do you know if he will come tomorrow?—No.But if he________,I'll call you to have a meal together.A. will comeB. won't comeC. comesD. doesn't come【答案】C【解析】试题分析:句意:—你知道他明天是否来吗?—不知道,但是如果他来,我会给你打电话去一起吃饭.在含有条件状语从句的复合句中要遵循主将从现的原则,所以选C.考点:考查从句中的动词时态.15.---_____________ ?---Yes, please. I’d like half a kilo of meat.A. Would you like some meat or fish?B. What about something to eatC. How do you like thisD. Can I help you【答案】D【解析】句意:-需要我帮忙吗? —是的,请.我要半公斤的肉.根据答语顾客买东西可知,问句为服务行业的用语“需要帮忙吗”. 故选D.完形填空先通读下面文章,掌握其大意,然后从各小题所给A、B、C、D的四个选项中,选出一个最佳答案.完形填空Mrs. Black was a famous musician a few years ago. She___16___music at a school and her students did well in their lessons. They liked her very much. Now the old woman stays at home with her husband. The old man looks after his wife well and she___17___worries about anything. And she is very___18___Just like some old people, Mrs. Black finds that her memory(记忆) is falling. Sometimes she________ what she did or will do. It often gets her in trouble. Her___19___noticed(注意到)it and asked her to see a famous doctor. He bought two tickets___20___London and told her he put___21___into her handbag while she was playing the piano. The next morning, they got to the___22___just on time to catch the plane. Mrs. Black said,“I wish we had the___23___with us.”“Don’t be a fool, dear!”said Mr. Black,“We are not going to a concert, but to see a___24___”“I know,”she sa id,“but I left the tickets on it!”16. A. loved B. taught C. enjoyed D. studied17. A. always B. often C. never D. sometimes18. A. sorry B. worried C. sad D. happy19. A. forget B. remember C. forgets D. remembers20. A. husband B. daughter C. son D. student21. A. to B. in C. from D. of22. A. it B. them C. this D. that23. A. airport B. bus stop C. station D. hospital24. A. money B. music C. tickets D. piano25. A. doctor B. film C. play D. house【答案】16. B 17. C 18. D 19. C 20. A 21. A 22. B 23. A 24. D 25. A【解析】试题分析:这篇短文中作者主要介绍了Mrs. Black,Mrs. Black几年之前是一个非常著名音乐教师,但是后来她的记忆有些问题,所以她的丈夫带她去看医生.【16题详解】B考查动词辨析及语境.A.loved喜欢;B.taught交;C.enjoyed喜欢;D.studied学习.She________ music at a school and her students did well in their lessons.句意:她在学校教音乐,她的学生在她的课上表现很好.这里指她是教音乐的.故选C.【17题详解】C考查副词辨析及语境.A.always总是;B.often经常;C.never绝不,从不;D.sometimes有时.句意:这位老人好好地照顾他的妻子,她从不担心任何事情.这里表示否定意义.故选C.【18题详解】D考查形容词辨析及语境.A.sorry对不起;B.worried担心的;C.sad悲伤的;D.happy高兴的.句意:并且她是非常高兴的.这里是高兴的意思.故选D.【19题详解】C考查动词及语境..A.forget忘记;B.remember记住;C.forgets忘记;D.remembers记住.句意:有时她忘记她做什么和将要做什么?故选C【20题详解】A考查名词及语境.A.husband丈夫;B.daughter女儿;C.son儿子;D.student学生.Her noticed(注意到)it and asked her to see a famous doctor.句意:她的丈夫注意到了这个,让她去看一个著名的医生.这里指她的丈夫发现了自己的问题.故选A.【21题详解】A考查介词及语境.A.to到……;B.in在……里面;C.from从……;D.of……的.句意:他买了两张到伦敦的票并且告诉她,他把他们放进了她的书包里当她弹钢琴的的时候.two tickets to …表示到……的票.故选A 【22题详解】B考查代词及语境.A.it它;B.them他们;C.this这个;D.that那个.句意:他买了两张到伦敦的票并且告诉她,当她弹钢琴的的时候他把票放进了她的书包里.这里代词必须用宾格的形式.故选B【23题详解】A考查名词及语境.A.airport机场;B.bus stop公共汽车站;C.station火车站;D.hospital句意:明天他们要按时赶上去机场的公共汽车.根据题意故选A.【24题详解】D考查名词及语境.A.money金钱;B.music音乐;C.tickets 票;D.piano钢琴.句意:我希望我们带着钢琴.故选D.【25题详解】A考查名词及语境.A.doctor 医生;B.film电影;C.play玩;D.house房子.句意:我不去参加聚会,去看一个医生.故选A考点:考查故事类短文阅读.阅读理解阅读下面三篇材料,根据其内容,选择正确答案或完成阅读任务.AHave you ever read an English book? Have you noticed its contents (目录)? If you do so, I think you can understand the contents below. Study the contents page of the book below and choose the right answer to each of the following questions.26. How many pages does the book have?A. It has about eighty-six pages.B. It has a hundred and ten pages.C. It has a hundred and one pages.D. It less than a hundred pages.27. Which part tells you some facts about Shanghai’s grow th?A. Part IB. Part IIC. Either Part I or Part IID. Part I and Part II28. Where will you find information about traffic problems?A. In Chapter 7.B. In Chapter 6.C. In Chapter 5.D. In Chapter 4.29. Which pages can you read if you want to know something about food production?A. Pages 17-31.B. Pages 32-46.C. Page 17-85.D. Pages 47-57.30. Where can you find this passage?A. In the front of the book.B. In the middle of the book.C. At the back of the book.D. At the end of the book.【答案】26. C 27. A 28. C 29. D 30. A【解析】文章大意:这是一篇英文书籍目录的阅读材料.目录包含两部分:即第一部分介绍上海的发展和上海人口的增长;第二部分介绍人们的需求.最后还有书后后记致读者.【26题详解】细节理解题.根据文章表格中最后一行To Our Readers 101(致我们的读者101页)可知,本书有101页,故答案选C.【27题详解】细节理解题.根据文章表格中第二行、第三行Partl The Growth(增长)of Shanghai and Its People(第一部分上海的发展和它的人口),可知第一部分告诉我们一些关于上海的发展的事实,故答案选A.【28题详解】细节理解题.根据文章表格中第十行Chapter 5 Our Busy Traffic 58(第五章我们繁忙的交通58页)可知,第五章是讲述有关交通问题的,故答案选C.【29题详解】细节理解题.根据文章表格中第九行Chapter 4 Our Food Production 47(第四章我们的粮食生产47页)和第十行Chapter 5 Our Busy Traffic 58(第五章我们繁忙的交通58页)可知,关于粮食生产在47-57页,故答案选D.【30题详解】推理判断题.通读全文可知,本文主要介绍一本书的目录,根据常识可知目录都在书本的前面,故答案选A.B阅读下列短文,从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中选出最佳选项.One day, my father and I were in line to buy tickets for the circus(马戏表演). And a family was standing in front of us.The family had eight children. Their clothes were not expensive but clean.The children talked about the clowns(小丑), elephants, monkeys and other things excitedly. It was their first time to go to the circus.The ticket lady asked the father how many ti ckets he wanted. He proudly answered, “I want eight children’s tickets and two adults’ tickets, so I can take my family to the circus.”The ticket lady said the price. The man's wifeloweredher head and there was no smile on the man's face. He quietly asked, “How much did you say?”The ticket lady said the price again. The man didn’t have enough money. How could he tell his eight kids the bad news? My dad put his hand into his pocket and pulled out a $20 bill and dropped it on the ground.(In fact, we were no t rich!) Then my dad said, “Excuse me, sir, this dropped out of your pocket.”The man knew what was going on. He looked into my dad’s eyes, held my dad’s hand in his, and took the $20 bill. “Thank you, sir, thank you. This really means a lot to me and my family.” My father and I went back home. We didn’t go to see the circus that night, but we didn’t care.31. What can children see in the circus?A. clownsB. elephantsC. monkeysD. all of them32. The father wanted to buy _________ tickets.A. fourB. sixC. eightD. ten33. The underlined words “lower” might mean __________ in the passage.A. 低头B. 抬头C. 跳上D. 跳下34. Who saw the circus that night?A. The man’s familyB. The writer’s familyC. None of themD. All of them35. We can infer(推测)that the writer’s father is a ________ person.A. youngB. handsomeC. kindD. lucky【答案】31. D 32. D 33. A 34. A 35. C【解析】试题分析:短文讲述的是作者和父亲去看马戏的故事.一天,作者和爸爸去看马戏,好不容易快到他们买票了,却看到前面的那家人因为没足够的钱而要看不成马戏.他爸爸不动声色地把钱给了那家人,达成了那家人的愿望.那晚他们没有看到马戏,但他们并不介意.【31题详解】D细节理解题.题意:孩子们在马戏中可以看到什么?A. clowns小丑;B. elephants大象;C. monkeys猴子;D. all of them以上全部.由第二段第二句:The children talked about the clowns(小丑), elephants, monkeys and other things excitedly. 可知孩子们可以看到小丑,大象和猴子.故选D.【32题详解】D推理判断题.题意:那位父亲想要买多少张票?A. four四;B. six 六;C. eight八;D. ten十.根据文中The ticket lady asked the father how many tickets he wanted. He proudly answered, “I want eight children’s tickets and two adults’ tickets, so I can take my family to the circus.”可知那位父亲想买10张票.故选D【33题详解】A词义猜测题.题意:文中有下划线的“lower” 可能是什么意思?A. 低头;B. 抬头;C. 跳上;D. 跳下.根据句意:售票员说了价格.男人的妻子垂下头,男人的脸上没有了笑容.可知本题选A.【34题详解】A 推理判断题.题意:那天晚上谁看了马戏表演?A. The man’s family那位男的一家;B. The writer’s family 作者一家;C. None of them 他们都没有;D. All of them他们都看了.根据短文内容,可知那一家人在父亲的帮助下看了马戏,作者一家没看.故选A.【35题详解】D 推理判断题.题意:我们可以推测出作者的父亲是什么样的人?A. young年轻;B. handsome 英俊;C. lucky 幸运;D. kind 和蔼,善良.由短文可知,作者的父亲自己不看表演,把钱送给别人买票看.说明父亲是善良的人.故选D.考点:考查故事类短文阅读.C阅读下面的材料,然后在表格中完成内容摘要,每空填一词.We need animals. Every animal has its place in the balance (平衡) of nature. We should try to help save the animals.Some people think zoos are good places. The zoos give the animals the comfortable and safe living places. If the animals get hurt or ill, people will take care of them. The zoo is a good place to know the rules in the wild world. We can be much closer to nature. We can know more about the animals in the zoos by watching, listening even smelling instead of just looking at the pictures in books.Some people don’t think animals feel happy in the zoos. Animals like pandas, wolves and bears usually live in the wild. They play and find food by themselves. They are free and happy in the wild. If they are in the zoos, food is enough and rooms are comfortable. They do not need to do their best to find food to eat or places to stay in. They just walk around, sleep day and night, but they are not free at all.I think we should build national parks as wild life nature reserves to protect animals. If we do nothing, animals will get fewer and fewer.【答案】36. after37. closer 38. worry39. own 40. protect【解析】文章大意:文章主要介绍我们需要动物,每一种动物在大自然的平衡中都有自己的位置,我们应该保护它们.有人认为动物园里的动物会被人们照顾得更好,但是这样它们会失去自由.作者认为我们应该建立野生动物园来保护动物,如果我们不这样做,动物会越来越少的.【36题详解】根据If the animals get hurt or ill, people will take care of them. 如果动物受伤或生病,人们会照顾它们.结合People will look __1__the animals if they get hurt or ill.可知此处表达的是“照顾、照看”,英文表达是look after,相当于take care of,故答案填after.【37题详解】根据We can be much closer to nature. 我们可以更接近大自然.结合People can be much __2__to nature.可知此处表达的是“更接近的”,英文表达是closer,故答案填closer.【38题详解】根据If they are in the zoos, food is enough and rooms are comfortable. They do not need to do their best to find food to eat or places to stay in. 如果他们在动物园,食物就足够了,房间也很舒适.他们不需要尽最大努力去找食物吃,也不需要在那里逗留.结合Animals don’t __3__about their food or rooms. 可知句意为“动物不担心他们的食物或房间.”worry about担心,故答案填worry.【39题详解】根据Animals like pandas, wolves and bears usually live in the wild. They play and find food by themselves. 像熊猫、狼和熊这样的动物通常生活在野外.他们自己玩,自己找食物.结合Animals play and have to find food on their _4__.可知在野外的动物们必须靠它们自己寻找食物,on their own靠它们自己,故答案填own.40题详解】根据I think we should build national parks as wild life nature reserves to protect animals. 我认为我们应该建立野生动物园作为野生动物自然保护区来保护动物.结合I think we should build national parks to _ 5_ animals.可知句意为“我认为我们应该建立国家公园来保护动物.”protect保护,动词,前面有不定式标志to,所以这里。
新目标八年级上学期英语期末测试卷(四)(含参考答案)
八年级上学期英语期末测试卷(四)一、基础知识(15分)I.根据句意及首字母填入适当的词,使句子通顺完整。
(5分)1.They will organize a b_______ party for Tom .2.My aunt can s_______ two foreign languages -English and French .3.I can’t go shopping with you because I have to p_____ for an exam .4.I won’t go to the picnic u______I get Helen’s invitation .5.There’s air p______ in many cities . We must do something to save the earth .II. 单项选择从每小题所给的三个选项中,选出一个正确的答案。
(10分)( ) 1. There are no living things on _____ moon .A a B. an C. the( ) 2. We can’t win the game _____ Mary’s help .A without B. for C. with( ) 3. Mom is making dinner . It _____so nice !A tastes B. smells C. feels( ) 4. Thanks for ______ me to your housewarming party .A ask B. inviting C. to invite( ) 5. -How much _____ the pair of shoes ?-Fifty dollars ______ enough .A is ; is B. is ; are C. are ; is( ) 6. You will see many women dancing together on the square if it ______ in the eveningA doesn’t rain B. rains C. will rain( ) 7. -What are you going to do during the summer vacation ?-I am going to ______ a new hobby like swimming or dancing .A take off B. take up C. take after( ) 8. As a member of the same family , you _____ help your parents do some housework .A shall B. will C. should( ) 9. If they go to the party , they ______ .A enjoy themselves B. enjoyed themselvesC will enjoy themselves( ) 10. -Can you come to my party on Wednesday ?-______ .A Sorry , It’s boring B. I don’t like the party .C.Sure , I’d love to .二、交际运用(15分)III. 完成对话从方框中选择正确选项,并将其字母序号写在对话后面的横线上。
八年级英语第一学期期末测试卷(问卷)-初中二年级英语试题练习、期中期末试卷-初中英语试卷
八年级英语第一学期期末测试卷(问卷)-初中二年级英语试题练习、期中期末试卷、测验题、复习资料-初中英语试卷-试卷下载八年级英语第一学期期末测试卷(问卷)(时间:90分钟满分:120分)1.听力部分(20分)一、听对话,回答问题:(共5小题,计10分)听下面一段对话,回答第1和第2两个小题。
现在,你有10秒钟的时间阅读这两题。
每段对话读两遍1.--What’sthe matter with the woman?-She has a________.A.toothacheB. stomachacheC. sore throat2.What doesthe man think she should do?A. See a doctor.B. Lie down and rest.C. Drink some hot water.听下面一段对话,回答第3至第5三个小题。
现在,你有15秒钟的时间阅读这三题。
3.What doesThomas usually do on weekends?A. Watch TV.B. Go shopping.C. Exercise.4.What doesTed sometimes do on weekends?A. Watch TV.B. Read books.C. Exercise.5.What doesTed often do when he is reading a book?A. Drink milk.B. Eat junk food.C. Watch TV.二、听短文,选择正确答案(共5小题,计10分):听下面一篇短文,并按短文的要求在试卷上完成任务。
然后你会看到五个问题和相关的选项,请从中选出最佳选项。
现在,你有15秒钟的时间阅读这五小题。
短文读两遍Countriessituationsgood mannersChinaVisit a Chinese family6ChinaThe door opensDon’t move before the host says “Come in”.ChinaCome into the room7ChinaA cup of tea is put on a tea tableSay “Thank you” and receive it with your two hands.JapanBefore coming into the house89Keep your shoes clean.Malaysia10EnglandFinish a drink or the food to show that he has enjoyed it.6.When youvisit a Chinese family, you should ______________.A. take off your shoes firstB. knock at the door firstC. open the door first7. You can’t ________ until the host asks you to when you come into aChinese room.A. stand upB. drink a cup of teaC. sit down8. Before you come into a Japanese family,you must_________.A. drink a cup of tea firstB. keep the shoesclean first C. take off yourshoes first9. It is good manners to keep your shoesclean in_________.A. ChinaB. JapanC. France10. In Malaysia when you eat, you’d better_____________.A. leave some food on the tableB. finish all food on thetable C. drink some waterfirst笔试部分(计100分)三、单项选择。
人教版八年级上学期英语《期末考试卷》(含答案解析)
人教版英语八年级上学期期末测试卷第一部分听力Ⅰ. 关键词语选择你将听到五个句子.请在每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出一个你所听到的单词或短语.每个句子读两遍.1. A. chair B. challenge C. charity2.A. snakes B. snacks C. slight3. A. present B. pants C. parents4. A. club B. public C. pupil5. A. picture B. picnic C. pick Ⅱ. 短对话理解你将听到十段对话,每段对话后有一个小题.请在每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出一个最佳选项.每段对话读两遍.6. What is woman’s favorite animal?A. B. C.7. What’s Lucy’s hobby?A. B. C.8. What is Kate playing?A. B. C.9. Which picture are they talking about?A. B. C.10. What is Li Na good at?A. B. C.11. What is the boy going to do?A. Study math hard.B. Have English lessons.C. Take acting lessons.12. What do they want to do?A. Study in Pairs.B. Work in Pairs.C. Travel to Pairs.13. Where will the boy live in five years?A. In London.B. In New York.C. In Nanjing.14. How many pieces of bread do they need?A. Two.B. Three.C. Four.15. Why does Tom make sandwiches?A. Because his mother asks him to make them.B. Because Lucy likes eating them.C. Because he is hungry.Ⅲ. 长对话理解你将听到两段对话,每段对话后有几个小题.请在每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出一个最佳选项.每段对话读两遍.听下面一段对话,回答第16至17小题.16. What is the most important thing should Jack pay attention to?A. Enough food.B. The weather.C. A mobile phone.17. Why does Jack need to take a mobile phone?A. Because he can call his friends during the walk.B. Because he can get help from others when something happens.C. Because he can know the time.听下面一段对话,回答第18至20小题.18. How long will the man’s holiday last?A. 10 days.B. 15 days.C. 25 days.19. What activity is the man’s wife going to do?A. Fishing.B. Reading.C. Climbing the mountains.20. When will the woman visit Europe?A. We don’t know.B. Next summer.C. This summer.Ⅳ. 短文理解你将听到一篇短文,短文后有五个小题.请根据短文内容,在每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出一个最佳选项.短文读两遍.21. How is the apple milk shake?A. It’s delicious.B. It’s healthy.C. A and B.22. How many apples do we need to make the apple milk shake?A. Two.B. Three.C. Four.23. What should we do first?A. Peel the apples and cut them up.B. Mix up the milk and ice-cream.C. Pour the milk into the blender.24. What should we put in the blender first?A. Apple pieces and milk.B. Ice-cream and milk.C. Apple pieces and ice-cream.25. How long does the blender work?A. For about three minutes.B. For about one minute.C. For about five minutes.Ⅴ. 信息转换你将听到一篇短文.请根据短文内容,写出下面表格中所缺的单词,每空仅填一词.短文读两遍.第二部分英语知识运用单项选择1.What __________ educational class! And it is __________ best one of all.A. a; aB. a; theC. the; theD. an; the2.There isn’t __________ with your bike.A. something wrongB. wrong anythingC. wrong somethingD. anything wrong3.— _______ do you go shopping with your mother?— I seldom do that.A. How oftenB. How soonC. How farD. How much4.Mom always tells me that nothing can be learned __________ hard work.A. withB. byC. forD. without5.Lucy, put the potatoes and salt in the bowl and __________A. mix it upB. mix up itC. mix them upD. mix up them6.—I enjoy the beauty of nature in the countryside.—Me, too. And the air is __________ than that in the city.A. much freshB. much fresherC. more fresherD. most fresh7. The Yellow River is ________ river in China.A. the longestB. the longerC. the second longerD. the second longest8.—Let’s go out and enjoy the sunshine!—__________A. You’re right.B. That’s a good idea.C. That’s OK.D. No way.9..I want to know if Jack _____ tomorrow. If he ___,let me know.A. come; comesB. will come ; comesC. comes ; will comeD. will come; will come10.We __________ pay for the concert. It’s free.A. don’t have toB. mustn’tC. might notD. can’t11.My teacher gave me much __________ on how to study English well when I had some trouble.A. suggestionB. questionC. adviceD. problem12.The text of the lecture was __________ to guests on the night.A. agreeB. acceptC. availableD. appear13.There ______ an art show this Sunday.A. haveB. is going to haveC. is going to beD. is going to hold14.________ he was tired, ________ he didn't stop ________.A. Although; but; to restB. Though; /; workingC. Although; /; restingD. Though; but; working15.Linda often stays at school, so she __________ goes home.A. hardlyB. everC. hardD. most完形填空.阅读下列短文,从每小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个最佳选项.AMy name is Liu Na. I’m unhappy because I’m getting fatter and fatter now. I’m sorry to say that I exercise less than___16___a week. I know it is not a healthy way of living for a ___17___ girl. But I really don’t have much time to___18___. In fact, unlike other girls, I love ___19___. I was a member of the swimming team and the ___20___ team at school four years ago. I went ___21___on Saturdays and played basketball after school on weekdays. But I ___22___the sports teams last year, because I had to spend much more time ___23___ my study. Now I have little time to play sports. I ___24___watch TV or play computer games, either.These days, my mother asks me ___25___ sports with her. She thinks health is very important.I hope I can have time to exercise with her and lose weight.16. A. one B. once C. first D. two17. A. 14 year old B. 14-years-old C. 14-year-old D. 14 years old18. A. exercise B. sleep C. study D. eat19. A. housework B. sports C. schoolwork D. games20. A. basketball B. tennis C. soccer D. baseball21. A. shopping B. swimming C. boating D. fishing22. A. joined B. left C. made D. had23.A. on B. under C. at D. in 24. A. usually B. always C. hardly ever D. sometimes25. A. plays B. to play C. play D. playingBThere are a lot of holidays for Chinese people, such as National Day, May Day, etc. However, Chinese people think Spring Festival is the most ___26___ one of all. Spring Festival is a traditional festival i n China. It’s a festival for families to get ___27___. And it’s also my favorite festival, especially ___28___ I was a child. Because in those days my life was very ___29___. When the Spring Festival came, I could have much delicious food to eat. I could also ___30___ a very long holiday and have a good rest. On that day I could ___31___ beautiful clothes. And the most important thing is that I could receive much New Year’s gift ___32___. So every year, I expected the Spring Festival would come soon. When I ___33___ up, it’s no longer as important ___34___ me as before. Because our country has developed(发展) a lot. Our life is ____35____ than before. It seems that I spend Spring Festival every day!26. A. boring B. difficult C. relaxed D. important27. A. together B. up C. down D. out28. A. if B. when C. for D. until29. A. rich B. strong C. poor D. real30. A. enjoy B. find C. need D. think31. A. buy B. see C. take D. wear32. A. coin B. paper C. money D. meat33. A. look B. get C. grow D. put34. A. of B. to C. on D. with35. A. good B. longer C. shorter D. better第三部分阅读理解补全对话根据对话内容,从方框内的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项,其中有两个为多余选项.A: Hi! I’m doing a survey of the supermarkets in the city. ___36___B: Sure.A: Which do you think is the best supermarket in our city?B: ___37___A: Why do you think so?B: It has the best quality clothes and the friendliest service.A: ___38___ They think Hi-Mart is the best.B: Really? ___39___.A: Maybe, but they’re the cheapest in the city.B: I don’t care the price. ___40___.A: OK, I see. Thanks a lot.A. I think good quality is more important.B. Is it the biggest supermarket in the city?C. I think Jason’s is the best.D. I hear that its clothes are not very good.E. Could I ask you some questions?F. I agree with you.G. But many people don’t think so.阅读理解.阅读下列短文,从每小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个最佳选项.APizza DiscountDiscount(折扣) 85﹪for students. It is useful between May 1, 2018 and April 30, 2019, and only in China. Please come with this ticket and your student ID card.41. How long is the ticket useful?A. One month.B. Two months.C. Two years.D. One year.42. Can your parents eat a discount pizza with this ticket here?A. Yes, they can.B. I don’t know.C. No, they can’t.D. It depends on.43. Do you think it’s a good idea to give this ticket to your Amer ican pen pal?A. I don’t think so.B. I think so.C. I’m not sure.D. Yes, I do.44. If the price of a pizza is ¥40, how much do you need to pay after discounting?A. ¥32.B. ¥38.C. ¥36.D. ¥34.BThis year, we begin doing waste sorting in our city, and we can reuse the available resources(资源). How can we do waste sorting in our daily life?At home, we can remind everybody to do waste sorting. Plastic bottles, cans and waste paper can be packed together to sell, it can also make money. Something like the waste battery can be put into the recycling bins. In our school, we divide the waste into four different kinds, hazardous waste(有害垃圾), recyclable waste(可回收垃圾), household food waste(湿垃圾) and residual waste(干垃圾). As students, we should learn from our classmates and discuss ways to sort waste.If everyone can sort waste, the earth will be more beautiful. We will see the thick wood, the clear water, the blue sky and the blue sea. Everyone will have a sweet smile.45. What does the phrase “waste sorting” mean in the passage?A. 废物回收B. 废物利用C. 垃圾清洁D. 垃圾分类46. What does the underline word “it” refer to?A. Plastic bottles.B. Waste paper.C. Cans.D. Pack plastic bottles, cans and waste paper together to sell.47. How many kinds of waste can be divided in the passage?A. Three.B. Four.C. Five.D. Six.48. Which of the following is NOT TRUE?A. We should remind family members to do waste sorting.B. We can discuss ways to sort waste with the classmates.C. If we can sort waste, we will see the dirty water.D. If we can sort waste, the earth will be more beautiful.CThe best way of learning a language is using it. The best way of learning English is talking in English as much as possible. Sometimes you get your words mixed up and people can’t understand you. Sometimes people say things too quickly and you can’t understand them. But if you keep sense of humor (幽默感), you can always have a good laugh at the mistakes. It’s better for people to laugh at your mistakes than to be angry with you, because they don’t understand what you are saying. The most important thing for learning English is: “Don’t be afraid of makingmistakes because everyone makes mistakes. ”49. The writer thinks that the best way for you to learn a language is __________.A. using itB. writing itC. listeningD. learning grammar50. What should you do in learning English?A. Be careful not to make any mistakes.B. Write as quickly as you can.C. Laugh more often.D. Speak English as much as you can.51. When you make a mistake, you should __________.A. keep quietB. get angryC. keep your sense of humorD. be kind52. The passage tells us: “__________ ”.A. Only foolish (愚蠢的) people make mistakes.B. A few people make mistakes.C. People never make mistakes.D. There is no one who doesn’t make mistakes.DMr. Green is a kind old man. He often helps people in need. And he’s kind of smart, too. One Sunday afternoon, he finished his lunch and went out for a walk with his granddaughter, Kate. In front of a park, they saw three beggars there.“Why do they ask for money in the street?” asked the little girl. “Because they are poor. ” answered Mr. Green.“But why don’t they go to work?” asked the little girl again. “Because they are too lazy.” Mr. Green smiled and said.Just then the girl asked, “Do you know who is the laziest of them, grandpa?”“That’s easy.” said Mr. Green, “I can show it to you.”He came up to the beggars, br ought out five dollars and said, “I’ll give the money to the laziest person of you. Tell me who he is.”“I lost my job two years ago. ” the first beggar stood up quickly and said.“Of course I am! I stopped working one year earlier than him.” the second beggar said, “So give me the money.”However, the third man went on lying (躺着) on the ground and said, “Come here, Sir. Put the money into my bag!”53. Mr. Green and his granddaughter went to the park for _________.A. having lunchB. taking a walkC. giving money to othersD. meeting their friends54. The underlined word “beggars” means _____ in Chinese.A. 乞丐B. 年轻人C. 陌生人D. 残疾人55. The second man stopped working ______ ago.A. one yearB. two yearsC. three yearsD. six years56. Who was the laziest person of the beggars?A. The first one.B. The second one.C. The third one.D. We don’t know.57. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?A. Mr. Green is good at telling stories.B. Mr. Green gave each beggar five dollars.C. Kate knew how to find the laziest person.D. They found the laziest beggar at last.阅读下面短文,并用英语回答问题(请注意每小题后面的词数要求).ENow machines are widely used all over the world. Why are machines so important and necessary for us? Because they can help us to do things better and faster.A washing machine helps us to wash clothes fast. A printing machine helps us to print a lot of books, newspapers, magazines and many other things fast. Bikes, cars, trains and planes are all machines. They help us to travel fast.The computer is a wonderful machine. It not only stores information but also stores numbers millions of times as fast as a scientist does.Let’s study hard and try to use all kinds of machines to build China into a more advanced(先进的)country. 58. Why are machines important for us?(不超过15个词)_____________________________________________________59. How many kinds of machines are mentioned in the passage?(不超过5个词)_____________________________________________________60. If we want to build China into a more advanced country, what should we do?(不超过15个词)_____________________________________________________第四部分写单词拼写根据首字母及汉语提示,完成下列单词的拼写,使句意明确,语言通顺.61. Lisa s____________(发送) emails to her American pen pal every week.62. Tom is a bad worker, but John is even w____________(更差) than him.63. Kate is an o____________(外向的) girl, and everyone likes her.64. I won’t go to the party u____________(除非) I am invited65. There are some d____________(差异) between my lifestyle and hers.书面表达66.寒假即将到来,假如你是Bob,你的美国笔友Bill想来你的城市游玩.请你给他写一封信,介绍下你城市的变化.要求:1. 内容:根据以上要点发挥想象并适当扩展;2. 信中不得出现你的真实姓名和校名;3. 词数:80左右,开头和结尾已给出,不计入总词数.Dear Bill,I am so excited to hear that you are going to my city. There are a lot of changes in my city.____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________Yours,Bob答案与解析第一部分听力Ⅰ. 关键词语选择你将听到五个句子.请在每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出一个你所听到的单词或短语.每个句子读两遍.1. A. chair B. challenge C. charity2. A. snakes B. snacks C. slight3. A. present B. pants C. parents4. A. club B. public C. pupil5. A. picture B. picnic C. pickⅡ. 短对话理解你将听到十段对话,每段对话后有一个小题.请在每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出一个最佳选项.每段对话读两遍.6. What is woman’s favorite animal?A. B. C.7. What’s Lucy’s hobby?A. B. C.8. What is Kate playing?A. B. C.9. Which picture are they talking about?A. B. C.10. What is Li Na good at?A. B. C.11. What is the boy going to do?A. Study math hard.B. Have English lessons.C. Take acting lessons.12. What do they want to do?A. Study in Pairs.B. Work in Pairs.C. Travel to Pairs.13. Where will the boy live in five years?A. In London.B. In New York.C. In Nanjing.14. How many pieces of bread do they need?A. Two.B. Three.C. Four.15. Why does Tom make sandwiches?A. Because his mother asks him to make them.B. Because Lucy likes eating them.C. Because he is hungry.Ⅲ. 长对话理解你将听到两段对话,每段对话后有几个小题.请在每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出一个最佳选项.每段对话读两遍.听下面一段对话,回答第16至17小题.16. What is the most important thing should Jack pay attention to?A. Enough food.B. The weather.C. A mobile phone.17. Why does Jack need to take a mobile phone?A. Because he can call his friends during the walk.B. Because he can get help from others when something happens.C. Because he can know the time.听下面一段对话,回答第18至20小题.18. How long will the man’s holiday last?A. 10 days.B. 15 days.C. 25 days.19. What activity is the man’s wife going to do?A. Fishing.B. Reading.C. Climbing the mountains.20. When will the woman visit Europe?A. We don’t know.B. Next summer.C. This summer.Ⅳ. 短文理解你将听到一篇短文,短文后有五个小题.请根据短文内容,在每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出一个最佳选项.短文读两遍.21. How is the apple milk shake?A. It’s delicious.B. It’s healthy.C. A and B.22. How many apples do we need to make the apple milk shake?A. Two.B. Three.C. Four.23. What should we do first?A. Peel the apples and cut them up.B. Mix up the milk and ice-cream.C. Pour the milk into the blender.24. What should we put in the blender first?A. Apple pieces and milk.B. Ice-cream and milk.C. Apple pieces and ice-cream.25. How long does the blender work?A. For about three minutes.B. For about one minute.C. For about five minutes.Ⅴ. 信息转换你将听到一篇短文.请根据短文内容,写出下面表格中所缺的单词,每空仅填一词.短文读两遍.第二部分英语知识运用单项选择1.What __________ educational class! And it is __________ best one of all.A. a; aB. a; theC. the; theD. an; the【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意:多好的教育课啊!这是最好的一个.考查冠词.不定冠词a/an用于单数可数名词前表泛指,a用在以辅音音素开头的单词前,an用在以元音音素开头的单词前;定冠词the表特指;class是单数可数名词,判断空格1在感叹句“what+不定冠词+形容词+单数可数名词”句式中,空格用不定冠词;educational以元音音素开头,不定冠词用an;根据of all表比较范围,判断句子是形容词最高级,所以空格2填定冠词,故选D.2.There isn’t __________ with your bike.A. something wrongB. wrong anythingC. wrong somethingD. anything wrong【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意:你的自行车没有毛病.考查复合不定代词.something某物;anything任何东西,用于疑问及否定句中;句子是否定句,所以排除A、C;形容词修饰复合不定代词要后置,排除B,故选D.3.— _______ do you go shopping with your mother?— I seldom do that.A. How oftenB. How soonC. How farD. How much【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意:——你多久和你妈妈去购物一次?——我很少那样做.词义辨析.how often :多久一次,询问频率;how soon多久,多快,询问从现在起再过多长时间做某事,回答一般使用“in+时间段”,常用于将来时;how far:多远,询问距离或路程;how much:多少,询问不可数名词的数量.根据答语“我很少那样做”可知问句是“你多久和你妈妈去购物一次?”故选A.4.Mom always tells me that nothing can be learned __________ hard work.A. withB. byC. forD. without【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意:妈妈总是告诉我没有艰苦的劳动什么也学不到.考查介词的用法.with 带有;by凭,靠;for为了;without没有.根据常识可知“没有艰苦的劳动什么也学不到”,故选D.5.Lucy, put the potatoes and salt in the bowl and __________A. mix it upB. mix up itC. mix them upD. mix up them【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:露西,把土豆和盐放在碗里,把它们混合起来.考查人称代词、动词+副词结构.mix up混合;上文potatoes and salt是复数名词,为了简练地表达,下文再次提到时用人称代词them指代,所以排除A、B;“动词+副词”结构所带的宾语,如果是代词,只能位于动词和副词之间(动词+代词+副词),排除D,故选C.6.—I enjoy the beauty of nature in the countryside.—Me, too. And the air is __________ than that in the city.A. much freshB. much fresherC. more fresherD. most fresh【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:——我喜欢乡村的自然美景.——我也是.空气也比城里清新多了.考查形容词比较级.fresh清新的;fresher比较清新的;根据than的比较结构,判断空格填形容词比较级,所以排除A、D;much用来修饰形容词比较级,表示“比……的多”;more用来构成多音节形容词的比较级,fresh是单音节,所以C是错误表达;故选B.7. The Yellow River is ________ river in China.A. the longestB. the longerC. the second longerD. the second longest【答案】D【解析】试题分析:句意:黄河是中国第二大河.根据in China可知该用形容词的最高级,在形容词的最高级前可用序数词修饰.所以选D.考点:考查形容词的最高级.8.—Let’s go out and enjoy the sunshine!—__________A. You’re right.B. That’s a good idea.C. Tha t’s OK.D. No way.【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:——让我们出去享受阳光吧!——这是个好主意.考查交际用语.You’re right.你是正确的;That’s a good idea这是个好主意;That’s OK.不用谢;No way.没门;根据上文“Let’s go out and enjoy the sunshine!”表提议,推断空格是表赞同对方的提议;故选B.9..I want to know if Jack _____ tomorrow. If he ___,let me know.A. come; comesB. will come ; comesC. comes ; will comeD. will come; will come【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:我想知道杰克明天是否会来.如果他来了,告诉我.第一个if引导的是宾语从句,根据tomorrow 判断,if引导的宾语从句中用的应该是一般将来时态,可排除A,C选项;第二个if引导的是一个条件状语从句,主句用一般将来时态或祈使句时,从句通常用一般现在时态表示将来,主语是he,动词用三单形式comes,故答案选B.10.We __________ pay for the concert. It’s free.A. don’t have toB. mustn’tC. might notD. can’t【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意:音乐会我们不必付费.它是免费的.考查情态动词.don't have to不必;mustn't 禁止;might not可能不;can't不可能;根据It's free可知音乐会是免费的,判断空格指不必付钱;故选A.11.My teacher gave me much __________ on how to study English well when I had some trouble.A. suggestionB. questionC. adviceD. problem【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:当我有困难时我的老师给了我很多关于如何学好英语的建议.考查名词辨析.suggestion建议,可数名词;question问题,可数名词;advice建议,不可数名词;problem 问题,可数名词;根据空格前的限定词much只修饰不可数名词,故选C.12.The text of the lecture was __________ to guests on the night.A. agreeB. acceptC. availableD. appear【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:演讲稿当晚提供给客人.考查形容词用法.agree同意,动词;accept接受,动词;available可获得的,形容词;appear出现,动词;空格在be动词后面,判断填形容词;故选C.13.There ______ an art show this Sunday.A. haveB. is going to haveC. is going to beD. is going to hold【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:这个周日有一个艺术展.考查there be句型时态.There be句型表示“某地(或某时)存在有某人(或某物),而并非某地(某人、某物或某时)拥有什么东西”;have一般表示某人有某物;hold的意思是持有,举行的意思,一般用表示人的名字做主语.根据this Sunday可知此句时态是一般将来时;可知排除A;结合there可知此句是there be句型的一般将来时,其构成there is/are going to be;故选C.14.________ he was tired, ________ he didn't stop ________.A. Although; but; to restB. Though; /; workingC. Although; /; restingD. Though; but; working【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:虽然他累了,但是他不肯停止工作.although和but都表示转折,但although和but一般是不可以连用的although本身就可表示“虽然······但是”的含义;but放在句中,although放在句首.Stop后接动名词表示停下正在做的工作.故选B.15.Linda often stays at school, so she __________ goes home.A. hardlyB. everC. hardD. most【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意:琳达经常呆在学校,所以她几乎不回家.考查频度副词.hardly几乎不;ever曾经;hard努力地;most多数;根据上文“Linda often stays at school”推断空格处指几乎不回家;故选A.完形填空.阅读下列短文,从每小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个最佳选项.AMy name is Liu Na. I’m unhappy because I’m getting fatter and fatter now. I’m sorry to say that I exercise less than___16___a week. I know it is not a healthy way of living for a ___17___girl. But I really don’t have much time to___18___. In fact, unlike other girls, I love ___19___. I was a member of the swimming team and the ___20___ team at school four years ago. I went ___21___on Saturdays and played basketball after school on weekdays. But I ___22___the sports teams last year, because I had to spend much more time ___23___ my study. Now I have little time to play sports. I ___24___watch TV or play computer games, either.These days, my mother asks me ___25___ sports with her. She thinks health is very important.I hope I can have time to exercise with her and lose weight.16. A. one B. once C. first D. two17. A. 14 year old B. 14-years-old C. 14-year-old D. 14 years old18. A. exercise B. sleep C. study D. eat19. A. housework B. sports C. schoolwork D. games20. A. basketball B. tennis C. soccer D. baseball21. A. shopping B. swimming C. boating D. fishing22. A. joined B. left C. made D. had23. A. on B. under C. at D. in24. A. usually B. always C. hardly ever D. sometimes25. A. plays B. to play C. play D. playing【答案】16. B 17. C 18. A 19. B 20. A 21. B 22. B 23. A 24. C 25. B【解析】【分析】本篇讲述作者4年前是个体育运动爱好者,是学校游泳队和篮球队的队员.平日放学后打篮球,周六是去游泳,但是因为要花更多的时间在学习上,作者离开运动队,也很少看电视玩游戏,最近妈妈叫作者和她一起运动.【16题详解】句意:我很遗憾地说,我每周锻炼不到一次.one一,基数词;once一次,副词;first第一,序数词;two二,基数词;从文字的表层意思推断空格指每周一次,表示次数,故选B.【17题详解】句意:我知道这对一个14岁的女孩来说不是一种健康的生活方式.14 year old;14-years-old;14-year-old;14 years old;空格在不定冠词和名词之间,判断填形容词;表达“一个14岁的女孩”用复合形容词当定语,基数词和名词之间要有连字符隔开,且名词只能用单数形式;故选C.【18题详解】句意:但我真的没有太多时间锻炼.exercise锻炼;sleep睡觉;study学习;eat吃;根据上文“I’m sorry to say that I exercise less than once a week.”推断空格处指没有太多时间锻炼;故选A.【19题详解】句意:事实上,和其他女孩不同,我喜欢运动housework家务;sports运动;schoolwork学校作业;games游戏;根据下文“I was a member of the swimming team and the basketball team at school four years ago”可知空格处指喜欢运动;故选B.【20题详解】句意:四年前我是学校游泳队和篮球队的队员.basketball篮球;tennis网球;soccer足球;baseball棒球;根据下文“I went swimming on Saturdays and played basketball after school on weekdays.”推断空格处指篮球队的队员;故选A.【21题详解】句意:星期六我去游泳,平日放学后打篮球.shopping购物;swimming游泳;boating划船 D. fishing钓鱼;根据上文“I was a member of the swimming team and the basketball team at school four years ago”可知周六是去游泳;故选B.【22题详解】句意:但我去年离开了运动队,因为我必须花更多的时间在学习上.joined加入;left离开;made制作,使……;had有;根据下文“because I had to spend much more time on my study.”推断空格处指离开运动队;故选B.【23题详解】句意:但我去年离开了运动队,因为我必须花更多的时间在学习上.on在……上面;under在……下面;at在具体的地点或时间;in在……里面;从文字的表层意思推断空格处指花更多的时间在学习上,spend…on…花……在……;故选A.【24题详解】句意:我也很少看电视或玩电脑游戏.usually通常;always总是;hardly ever几乎不;sometimes有时;根据句尾的either可知句子含有否定含义,故选C.【25题详解】句意:近来,我妈妈叫我和她一起做运动.plays一般现在时、单三形式;to play不定式;play原形;playing动名词、现在分词;从文字的表层意思推断空格处指叫我和她一起做运动,ask sb to do sth意为叫某人做某事,由此判断空格填不定式;故选B. 【点睛】本篇完型填空考查词汇辨析、固定搭配等.解答前要跳空阅读全文,理解大意;再阅读选项,逐个理解选项的词义;然后回归原文,根据语法、句意、上下文联系、固定搭配或句型排除干扰项,得出答案.题3、4、5、6、9根据上下文联系确定词义;题1、2、8、9要根据固定搭配或固定句型判断词的正确形式;完篇后,要把答案回归原文,通读全文,检查语法是否正确、语义是否合乎文章的意思.BThere are a lot of holidays for Chinese people, such as National Day, May Day, etc. However, Chinese people think Spring Festival is the most ___26___one of all. Spring Festival is a traditional festival in China. It’s a festival for families to get ___27___. And it’s also my favorite festival, especially ___28___ I was a child. Because in those days my life was very ___29___. When the Spring Festival came, I could have much delicious food to eat. I could also ___30___ a very long holiday and have a good rest. On that day I could ___31___ beautiful clothes. And the most important thing is that I could receive much New Year’s gift ___32___. So every year, I expected the Spring Festival would come soon. When I ___33___up, it’s no longer as important ___34___ me as before. Because our country has developed(发展) a lot. Our life is ____35____ than before. It seems that I spend Spring Festival every day!26. A. boring B. difficult C. relaxed D. important27. A. together B. up C. down D. out28. A. if B. when C. for D. until29. A. rich B. strong C. poor D. real30. A. enjoy B. find C. need D. think31. A. buy B. see C. take D. wear32. A. coin B. paper C. money D. meat33. A. look B. get C. grow D. put34. A. of B. to C. on D. with35. A. good B. longer C. shorter D. better【答案】26. D 27. A 28. B 29. C 30. A 31. D 32. C 33. C 34. B 35. D【解析】作者介绍中国最重要的一个传统节日春节,小时候总盼望着春节的到来,因为那时穷,只有在春节才能吃上好吃的东西收到压岁钱,随着长大、人们生活的提高,春节不在像以前那么重要,我们的生活和每天过春节一样.【26题详解】句意:然而,在所有节日中中国人认为春节是最重要的.boring无聊的;difficult困难的;relaxed放松的;important重要的;众所周知,春节是中国最重要的传统节日;故选D.【27题详解】句意:这是一个家庭团聚的节日.together在一起;up向上;down向下;out外出;根据常识,春节是个团圆的日子,get together团聚;故选A.【28题详解】句意:这也是我最喜欢的节日,尤其是当我还是个孩子的时候.if如果,表示条件,引导条件状语从句;when当……时候,引导时间状语从句;for因为,用来作附加说明,并列连词;until直到……,引导时间状语从句;从文字的表层意思推断空格处指当我还是个孩子的时候;故选B.【29题详解】句意:因为那时候我的生活很贫穷.rich富裕的;strong强壮的;poor贫穷的;real真的;根据下文“Our life is better than before”推断空格指生活很贫穷,故选C.【30题详解】句意:我也可以享受一个很长的假期,好好休息.enjoy享受;find找到;need需要;think想;根据常识,在春节,人们可以享受一段长假,故选A.【31题详解】句意:那天我可以穿漂亮的衣服.buy买;see看见;take拿、带;wear穿;春节有穿新衣服的习俗,故选D.【32题详解】句意:最重要的是我可以收到很多压岁钱.coin硬币;paper纸张;money钱;meat肉;春节的习俗,小孩子可以收到压岁钱,故选C.。
人教版八年级上学期英语《期末测试卷》(带答案解析)
人教版英语八年级上学期期末测试卷第Ⅰ卷听力试题第一题情景反应这一大题共有5个小题,每小题你将听到一组对话.请你从每小题所给的A、B、C三幅图片中,选出与你所听到的信息相关联的一项.1.A. B. C.2.A. B. C.3. A. B. C.4.A. B. C.5.A. B. C.第二题对话理解这一答题共有5个小题,每小题你将听到一组对话和一个问题.请你从每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出一个最佳选项.6. How long did John do his homework last night?A.Half an hour. B.Two hours. C.An hour.7. Where does the woman want to go?A.The bus stationB.The supermarket.C.The flower shop.8.When does the conversation (对话)maybe happen? A.On Monday. B.On Sunday. C.On Saturday. 9. What did the woman forget? A.Something. B.The shoes. C.To pay for the shoes. 10. What would Bob like to drink?A.Tea. B.Coffee. C.Milk.第三题语篇理解这一大题你将听到一篇短文.请你根据短文内容和提出的5个问题,从每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出一个最佳选项.11.There are ___________ people in Kevin's family.A.3 B.4 C.512.Where are they going to have a holiday?A.The sea. B.A small house. C.A beautiful beach.13.What are they going to do in the sea?A.Go boating. B.Cooking sea food. C.Go fishing.14.They will spend all time together because ____________.A.they are tired B. there is no Internet C.they like the beach15.Who is going to cook sea food?A.Kevin's parents. B.Father and Kevin. C.Mother and Kevin.第四题听力填空这一道题你将听到一篇短文.请你根据短文内容完成下面的表格,并将获取的信息填到相应的位置上.每空一词.16. ________ 17.________ 18.__________ 19.___________ 20._____笔试部分单项选择1.Yesterday I only bought _____ for my cousin, but ___ for myself.A. something; somethingB. nothing; somethingC. something; nothing2.We _________ our holidays in Hong Kong next year. A. visitedB. spentC. are going to spend3.My sister is as ______ as her classmate Joe, so they are good friends. A. outgoingB. more outgoingC. the most outgoing4.Mr Smith expects ____here much longer because he has lots of things to do. A. to keepB. keepC. to stay5.—Does your brother play soccer?—No . He _________ plays it because he is lazy enough . A. oftenB. alwaysC. hardly ever6.What a surprise ! Mary ________ my invitation without any reasons . A. turned downB. fell downC. wrote down7.— _________ cheese do we need ? — Two spoons are OK . A. How muchB. How manyC. How long8.Susan, get some eggs and butter and _____ . A. mix up themB. mix them upC. mix up it9.What ________ if I ________ to turn off water? A. will happen;forgetB. Will happen;will forgetC. happen;forget10.—Can you go camping with me tomorrow? —_________. A. Sure.B. No, I can’t.C. Let’s make it.补全对话根据对话内容,从对话后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项.选项中有两项为多余选项.将所选答案填涂到答题卡相应位置上.A:Hi, Ken. You don’t look very good ___11___ . B:I have a cold.A:Why don’t you go home?B:I can’t. ___12___ But I don’t feel well. A:Talk to Carol. She will understand. B:OK. ___13___. A:Feel better soon! (In Carol’s office)B:Hi, Carol. Can I ask for leave(请假)?C:What’s wrong ,Ken? ___14___ .B:No. But I have a sore throat.C: ___15___ . You can go home.B:Thanks, Carol. But I’m sorry I can’t finish the work today.C:Don’t worry about your w ork. Go home and get better!A. Do you have a sore throat?B. I have too much work to do.C. Should I take some medicine?D. You probably have a cold.E. What’s the matter with you?F. I will go to her office now.G. Do you have a fever?完型填空Paul is from America . He is a 13-year-old boy . He likes___16___on weekends. There are many TV shows every day . What___17___TV shows does Paul like and what does he___18___them ?Well, Paul’s favorite TV shows are sports news and Animal World . He often watches them___19___he goes to bed . Paul’s favorite___20___is P.E. at school . He likes playing basketball very much . Paul loves sports news . He thinks it is very___21___because he can see a lot of famous players. Paul also likes Animal World. He thinks the show is very interesting , and hecan___22___a lot about animals from it . Pandas and koalas are Paula’s favorite animals . Paul hopes ___23___to Australia to see koalas one day .16. A. going swimming B. going shopping C. watching TV17. A. size of B. kind of C. bowl of18. A. think about B. think of C. think19. A. so B. before C. after20. A. teacher B. color C. subject21. A. dangerous B. quiet C. exciting22. A. learn B. take C. give23. A. go B. goes C. to go阅读理解AWe are talking about our dream jobs . Jack and Hob are going to high school now . Jack wants to be an engineer .He is going to build roads , bridges and sand houses . Hob is interested in math and science , but he is going to study medicine. He wants to be a doctor .Kate is good at music . She wants to be an artist . She is going to sing and dance for people . Joan wants to be a woman pilot . She says , “I am going to fly into space. ” “What do you want to be , Alice ?” Joan asks me . “ Oh , I want to be a teacher . When I grow up , I am going to teach in the poor countryside .”Each of them is doing his or her best at school . I am sure they will do something good for our country .24. How many students are mentioned(提及) in the passage ?A. TwoB. ThreeC. Five25. Who wants to be an artist ?A. JoanB. JackC. Kate.26. What is Hob interested in?A. medicineB. musicC. science27. What does Joan want to be ?A. An astronaut.B. A teacher.C. A doctor.28. Where does Alice want to teach?A. On a farm.B. In the poor countryside.C. At home.BMr.Brown got up late this morning. He was going to be late for work. It was raining hard and the streets were wet. He drove so fast that he didn't see the red lights. He couldn't stop his car and hit a car. An old man got out of the car and called out angrily, “What are you doing? How can you drive so fast?”“I'm sorry, sir,” said Mr.Brown, “l didn't see the lights turn red.”"Then he brought out a bottle of wine (酒)and gave it to the old man.“It's cold today, sir,”said Mr.Brown. “Please drink a little, and then you'll get warm.”The old man drank some wine and became happy. He asked, “l'm feeling much better now. Why don't you drink any?”“l can't drink anything now, sir,”answered Mr.Brown “l'm waiting for the policeman. Only drunkards(酒鬼)cause accidents, you know!”29. When did the story happen?A. In the morningB. In the afternoonC. In the evening30. Why did Mr.Brown drive so fast?A. He was happy that dayB. He was good at drivingC. He was afraid to be late31. Mr.Brown hit the car because of the following reasons except(除去).A. he didn't see the red lightsB. he drove fastC. he couldn't drive at all32. Why did Mr.Brown give a bottle of wine to the old man?A. To make him happyB. To make him drunkC. To make him warm33. What can we know from the passage finally?A. Mr.Brown was not late for workB. the old man and Mr.Brown became good friendsC. Mr.Brown drank some wineC根据短文内容,从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项.Everyone in my family loves music .My older sister, Lennon, and I hardly ever watch TV or play computer games .___34___ Now we can play the piano, the guitar and the drums. Sometimes, just for fun, we' d choose a song, and then Lennon and I would make it our own.___35___ One night, they let us upload(上传) a video of us singing to an online video site. ___36___We felt so lucky.Lennon and I are good sisters and friends___37___ We like to do something together, such as singing or acting. And acting is really fun for us because the character I play is more like Lennon and the character she plays is more like me .___38___But I get a little nervous(紧张的) when I act . Lennon says,“You have to really believe in yourself.”And I always try my best.A. And we don’ t fight.B. We'd sing it for our parentsC. Our parents always ask us to play musicD. Lennon and I never get nervous when we singE. Two days later, we flew to New York sing on TV show!F. Lennon is good at singing and dancingD请阅读下面短文,根据短文内容,在下面的表格中填入与文章意思最符合的单词,每空一词.Today we had a discussion about “If you have only one day left”.It seemed that different people had different ideas. Most students said they would stay at home and help their parents with housework. They wanted to show loveto their parents. Some students wanted to do something different such as helping others. They said they should do something meaningful to the world. Only a few students said they would do nothing but just have a rest at home. They had too much to do every day. They needed a rest.Although the class had different ideas. We all knew one point,that was to cherish(珍惜)our life. At last,the teacher summed up our discussions.She said,“I'm glad you all want to use your limited(有限的) life to do something meaningful. But please remember:try to make the best of your time!”根据短文内容完成表格.EMr. Black lives by the sea. He has a big family and has to work hard, or his wife and children will be hungry. After breakfast he leaves for the sea by a small boat every day. He always hopes to catch more fish .One morning, the man got to a good place for fishing. He threw a long rope (绳子)with many hooks(钩子) into the water. He found it heavy and pulled the hooks out of the sea. He saw there was a gold chain(金链) on the hooks. He was of course very glad. “I′ll sell the gold chain for much money, ”he thought to himself.“I'll build a new house and buy lots of expensive things. 我将成为世上最富有的人”.His boat began to sink. But Mr. Black went on thinking and didn't notice what was happening. As he was pulling the gold chain, the boat sank( 下沉) into the sea.He lost not only the gold chain, but also his boat and life !44. Where does Mr. Black live ?_______________________________________________45. Translate the underlined (下划线的)sentence into Chinese .__________________________________________________46. What did Mr. Black see on the hooks?___________________________________________________47. What happened to the boat at last?__________________________________________________48. Translate the underlined sentence into English ._______________________________________________49. Did Mr. Black only lose his boat and the gold chain?__________________________________词语运用阅读短文,从方框中选择恰当的词并用其适当形式填空,使短文完整、通顺,每词限用一次,多余两词.Students these days often have a lot of ___50___. Sometimes they have problems with schoolwork, and sometimes with their friends. What can they do about this? Some people believe_____51_____ thing is to do nothing. Laura Mills, a teenager from London, agrees. “Problems and worries ___52___normal in life”, says Laura.“But I think talking to someone ___53___ a lot .Unless we talk to someone, we____54____worse .”Robert Hunt ___55___ students about common problems. He feels the same way as Laura .“It's best not to run away ___56___our problems. We should always try to solve them.”He thinks the ___57___step is to find someone you trust to talk to. This person doesn't need to be an expert like ___58___.Students often forget that their parents have more experience ,and are always there to help them . In English, we say that sharing a problem is like cutting it in ____59____. So you are halfway to solving a problem just by talking to someone about it .英汉互译60. 咽喉________61. 膝盖___________62. 小刀__________63. 两次___________64. 预料,期待________65. 钢琴家_________66. 污染(n.) _________67. 庆贺___________68. 食糖_________69. 倒出__________70. 可能的________71.秋季________ 72. 改善,改进(v.) _____ 73. 直到____________74. 巧克力_________75. 没有,不(prep) _______ 76. 旅行,游历(v.) _____ 77. 纸,纸张_________ 78. 青少年_______ 79. 接受___________ 词组80. 关心,在意_______________ 81. 代替;替换____________ 82. 确保,查明___________ 83. 关于;与…有关____________84. 参与,发挥作用___________ 85. 保守秘密________________翻译句子86. 你怎么啦?我发烧了. _________________________________________________________87. 你怎样做香蕉奶昔呢?________________________________________________________________88.书面表达假如你是赵凯,你的朋友Frank邀请你明天参加他的生日聚会.但你的父母在外地出差,要到下周才能回来.奶奶又卧病在床,需要人照顾,并且英语考试即将来临.因此,你无法前去参加他的生日聚会,你感到很抱歉.请你给Frank写封信,说明情况,表达歉意.要求:1.结构清晰,语句连贯;2.70词左右(信的格式及开头已给出,不计入总词数).Dear FrankThank you very much for inviting me to your birthday partytomorrow._____________________________________Yours,Zhao Kai答案与解析第Ⅰ卷听力试题第一题情景反应这一大题共有5个小题,每小题你将听到一组对话.请你从每小题所给的A、B、C三幅图片中,选出与你所听到的信息相关联的一项.1.A. B. C.2.A. B. C.3. A. B. C.4.A. B. C.5.A. B. C.第二题对话理解这一答题共有5个小题,每小题你将听到一组对话和一个问题.请你从每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出一个最佳选项.6. How long did John do his homework last night?A.Half an hour. B.Two hours. C.An hour.7. Where does the woman want to go?A.The bus stationB.The supermarket.C.The flower shop.8. When does the conversation (对话)maybe happen?A.On Monday. B.On Sunday. C.On Saturday.9. What did the woman forget?A.Something. B.The shoes. C.To pay for the shoes.10. What would Bob like to drink?A.Tea. B.Coffee. C.Milk.第三题语篇理解这一大题你将听到一篇短文.请你根据短文内容和提出的5个问题,从每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出一个最佳选项.11.There are ___________ people in Kevin's family.A.3 B.4 C.512.Where are they going to have a holiday?A.The sea. B.A small house. C.A beautiful beach.13.What are they going to do in the sea?A.Go boating. B.Cooking sea food. C.Go fishing.14.They will spend all time together because ____________.A.they are tired B. there is no Internet C.they like the beach15.Who is going to cook sea food?A.Kevin's parents. B.Father and Kevin. C.Mother and Kevin.第四题听力填空这一道题你将听到一篇短文.请你根据短文内容完成下面的表格,并将获取的信息填到相应的位置上.每空一词.16. ________ 17.________ 18.__________ 19.___________ 20._____笔试部分单项选择1.Yesterday I only bought _____ for my cousin, but ___ for myself.A. something; somethingB. nothing; somethingC. something; nothing【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:昨天我仅给我的表弟买了一些东西.什么都没有给自己买.考查不定代词.something一些东西,用在肯定句中;nothing没什么;表示否定意义.第一空表示一些东西,用something,下文表示否定意义.根据题意,故选C.2.We _________ our holidays in Hong Kong next year.A. visitedB. spentC. are going to spend【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:明年我们将去香港度假.考查动词时态.visited参观,过去式;spent度过,过去式;are going to spend打算去度过,一般将来时.根据时间状语next year.可知用一般将来时,其结构是be going to do的形式.这里是去度假,用spend.根据题意,故选C.3.My sister is as ______ as her classmate Joe, so they are good friends.A. outgoingB. more outgoingC. the most outgoing【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意“我的妹妹和她的同学乔一样外向,所以他们是好朋友”.A.形容词原级;B.形容词比较级;C.形容词最高级.根据as...as...“和……一样”可知,用原级,故选A.4.Mr Smith expects ____here much longer because he has lots of things to do.A. to keepB. keepC. to stay【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:史密斯先生由于有许多事情要做,期待在这里呆得更长时间.考查非谓语动词.to keep保持,动词不定式;keep保持,原形;to stay停留;待,动词不定式.短语expect to do sth.期待去做某事.根据题意,故选C.5.—Does your brother play soccer?—No . He _________ plays it because he is lazy enough .A. oftenB. alwaysC. hardly ever【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:——你弟弟踢足球吗?——不,他几乎不踢足球,因为他足够懒.考查频度副词.often经常;always总是;hardly ever几乎没有.根据下文“because he is lazy enough .”可知,他几乎从不踢足球.根据题意,故选C.6.What a surprise ! Mary ________ my invitation without any reasons .A. turned downB. fell downC. wrote down【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意:真是惊讶!没有任何原因Mary拒绝我的邀请.考查动词短语.turned down拒绝;fell down跌倒;wrote down写下,记下.根据下文“without any reasons”可知,这里是没有任何理由就拒绝我的邀请.故选A.7.— _________ cheese do we need ? —Two spoons are OK .A. How muchB. How manyC. How long【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意:——我们需要多少奶酪?——两勺就可以.考查特殊疑问句.How much多少,提问不可数名词数量的多少;How many多少,提问可数名词复数的数量;How long多长,提问for+一段时间.cheese是不可名词,提问数量用how much提问.根据题意,故选A.8.Susan, get some eggs and butter and _____ .A. mix up themB. mix them upC. mix up it【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:苏珊,拿些鸡蛋和黄油把他们混在一起.mix up把---相混合,some eggs and butter是复数,代词放在中间,them代词,故选B.9.What ________ if I ________ to turn off water?A. will happen;forgetB. Will happen;will forgetC. happen;forget【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意:如果我忘记关掉水龙头,将会发生什么?考查动词时态.这里是if引导的条件状语从句,遵循主句用一般将来时,主句是将会发生什么,will+动词原形,排除C;从句用一般现在时态,排除B.根据题意,故选A.10.—Can you go camping with me tomorrow? —_________.A. Sure.B. No, I can’t.C. Let’s make it.【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意:——明天你能和我一起去野营吗?——当然可以.考查情景交际.Sure当然可以;No, I can’t.不,我不能;Let’s make it.让我们做吧.根据上文“Can you go camping with me tomorrow?”可知,问句表达的是邀请,下文说当然可以,来表示同意.故选A.补全对话根据对话内容,从对话后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项.选项中有两项为多余选项.将所选答案填涂到答题卡相应位置上.A:Hi, Ken. You don’t look very good ___11___ .B:I have a cold.A:Why don’t you go home?B:I can’t. ___12___But I don’t feel well.A:Talk to Carol. She will understand.B:OK. ___13___.A:Feel better soon!(In Caro l’s office)B:Hi, Carol. Can I ask for leave(请假)?C:What’s wrong ,Ken? ___14___ .B:No. But I have a sore throat.C: ___15___ . You can go home.B:Thanks, Carol. But I’m sorry I can’t finish the work today.C:Don’t worry about your work. Go home and get be tter!A. Do you have a sore throat?B. I have too much work to do.C. Should I take some medicine?D. You probably have a cold.E. What’s the matter with you?F. I will go to her office now.G. Do you have a fever?【答案】11. E 12. B 13. F 14. G 15. D【解析】分析】这是一则关于感冒请假的对话.文中Ken感冒了,脸色不好,在B的劝说下,去向卡罗尔请假,被批准了.【11题详解】本题考查:语境及细节理解.依据前文You don t look very good你看起来不太好.后文:I have a cold.我感冒了.综合分析前后文及答案选项,可知此处填What’s the matter with you?最恰当,完整句意为:A: Hi, Ken. You don t look very good. What s the matter with you? B: I have a cold.你好,肯.你看起来不太好.你怎么了?我感冒了.正确答案为:E【12题详解】本题考查:语境及细节理解.依据前文:Why don t you go home?为什么不回家呢?综合分析前后文及答案选项,可知此处填I have too much work to do.最恰当,完整句意为:I can t. I have too much work to do. But I don t feel well.我不能,我有太多的工作要做.但是我感觉不舒服.正确答案为:B【13题详解】本题考查:语境及细节理解.依据前文:Talk to Carol. She will understand.跟卡罗谈谈,她会理解的.综合分析前后文及答案选项,可知此处填I will go to her office now.最恰当,完整句意为:OK. I will go to her office now.好的.我现在要去她的办公室.正确答案为:F【14题详解】本题考查:语境及细节理解.依据前文:Hi, Carol. Can I ask for leave (请假)?嗨,卡罗尔.我可以请假吗?综合分析前后文及答案选项,可知此处填Do you have a fever?最恰当,完整句意为:What’s wrong, Ken? Do you have a fever?怎么了,肯?你发烧了吗?正确答案为:G【15题详解】本题考查:语境及细节理解.依据后文Thanks, Carol. But I m sorry I can t finish the work today.谢谢你,卡罗.但是很抱歉我今天不能完成工作了.综合分析前后文及答案选项,可知此处填You probably have a cold.最恰当,完整句意为:You probably have a cold. You can go home.你可能感冒了.你可以回家了.正确答案为:D 【点睛】对话类的填空题,须联系对话方及上下文来选择答案.完型填空Paul is from America . He is a 13-year-old boy . He likes___16___on weekends. There are many TV shows every day . What___17___TV shows does Paul like and what does he___18___them ?Well, Paul’s favorite TV shows are sports news and Animal World . He often watches them___19___he goes to bed . Paul’s favorite___20___is P.E. at school . He likes playing basketball very much . Paul loves sports news . He thinks it is very___21___because he can see a lot of famous players. Paul also likes Animal World. He thinks the show is very interesting , and hecan___22___a lot about animals from it . Pandas and koalas are Paula’s favorite animals . Paul hopes ___23___to Australia to see koalas one day .16. A. going swimming B. going shopping C. watching TV17. A. size of B. kind of C. bowl of18. A. think about B. think of C. think 19. A. so B. before C. after 20. A. teacher B. color C. subject 21. A. dangerous B. quiet C. exciting 22. A. learn B. take C. give 23. A. go B. goes C. to go 【答案】16. C 17. B 18. B 19. B 20. C 21. C 22. A 23. C 【解析】【分析】本文主要讲述了保罗喜欢的和不喜欢的电视节目的种类. 【16题详解】句意:他喜欢在周末看电视. going swimming去游泳;going shopping去购物;watching TV看电视.根据下文“There are many TV showsevery day”可知,上文是喜欢看电视.故选C.【17题详解】句意:保罗喜欢什么样的电视节目?size of……型号;kind of种类;bowl of……碗.根据下文“Well, Paul’s favorite TV shows are sports news and Animal World .”可知上文是在问什么种类的节目?根据题意,故选B.【18题详解】句意:保罗喜欢什么样的电视节目和他认为他们怎么样?think about考虑;think of想,认为;think想.根据下文“Well, Paul’s favorite TV shows are sports ne ws and Animal World”可知,种类是问他认为他们怎么样?故选B.【19题详解】句意:在他睡觉之前,他经常观看他们.so因此;before在……以前;after在……之后.根据“he goes to bed”可知这里是在……之后.根据题意,故选B.【20题详解】句意:Paul在学校最喜欢的科目是体育.teacher老师;color颜色;subject科目.根据下文“is P.E. at school”可知这里是科目的意思.根据题意,故选C.【21题详解】句意:他认为这很令人兴奋,因为他能看到很多著名的球员.危险的;quiet安静的;exciting激动的.根据下文“because he can see a lot of famous players.”可知,这里是说它是兴奋的.根据题意,故选C.【22题详解】句意:他认为这个节目很有趣,从中他可以学到很多关于动物的知识.根据上文“Paul also likes Animal World. He thinks the show is very interesting”可知,下文是了解更多的动物.learn学习;take带去;give给.learn about…了解;根据题意,故选A.【23题详解】句意:保罗希望有一天能去澳大利亚看考拉.go去;原形;goes去,第三人称单数;to go去,不定式.根据文中“to Australia to see koalas one day”可知,这里是希望去做某事.短语hope to do sth.希望做某事.根据题意,故选C.【点睛】完型填空题是一种综合性比较强的测试题,它把单项填空和阅读理解等题型融为一体,它不仅考查学生对词汇、词组、语法、句型和常识逻辑等语言基础知识的掌握情况和正确使用语法知识的能力,而且也考查学生的理解能力、推理能力、以及情景语感等方面综合理解和运用语言的能力.考查名词辨析.句意:Paul在学校最喜欢的科目是体育.teacher老师;color颜色;subject科目.根据下文“is P.E. at school”可知这里是科目的意思.根据题意,故选C.阅读理解AWe are talking about our dream jobs . Jack and Hob are going to high school now . Jack wants to be an engineer . He is going to build roads , bridges and sand houses . Hob is interested in math and science , but he is going to study medicine. He wants to be a doctor .Kate is good at music . She wants to be an artist . She is going to sing and dance for people . Joan wants to be a woman pilot . She says , “I am going to fly into space. ” “What do you want to be , Alice ?” Joan asks me . “ Oh , I want to be a teacher . When I grow up , I am going to teach in the poor countryside .”Each of them is doing his or her best at school . I am sure they will do something good for our country .24. How many students are mentioned(提及) in the passage ?A. TwoB. ThreeC. Five25. Who wants to be an artist ?A. JoanB. JackC. Kate.26. What is Hob interested in? A. medicineB. musicC. science27. What does Joan want to be ? A. An astronaut.B. A teacher.C. A doctor.28. Where does Alice want to teach? A. On a farm.B. In the poor countryside.C. At home.【答案】24. C 25. C 26. C 27. A 28. B 【解析】 【分析】这篇短文主要讲述了几个学生的理想及他们在学校的学习状况. 【24题详解】细节理解.Two 二;Three 三; Five 五.根据文中“Jack and Hob are going to high school now ;Kate is good at music . She wants to be an artist .;Joan wants to be a woman pilot .;“What do you want to be , Alice ?” Joan asks me . “ Oh , I want to be a teacher .可知,文中提到了5和人:Jack ; Hob ;Kate ;Joan ;Alice .故选C . 【25题详解】细节理解.根据文中“Kate is good at music . She wants to be an artist .”可知,凯特擅长音乐.她想成为一名艺术家.故选C .【26题详解】细节理解。
最新人教版英语八年级上学期《期末检测卷》及答案
人教版英语八年级上学期期末测试卷第一卷(选择题)第一部分听力部分听力测试第一节听下面4个问题.每个问题后有三个答语,从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项.听完每个问题后, 你都有5秒钟的时间来作答和阅读下一小题.每个问题仅读一遍.1.A.New York. B.A computer programmer. C.soccer team.2.A.Yes,they are. B.Twenty dollars. C.No,they won't.3.A.Yes,I must study for a test. B.Sure,I'd love to. C.Next week.4.A.Tomorrow evening. B.In the university C.Sounds good.第二节听下面8段对话,每段对话后有一个小题, 从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项.听完每段对话后, 你都有10秒钟的时间来作答和阅读下一小题.每个问题仅读一遍.5.What is Peter like?A.He is more outgoing than his brother. B,He is more serious than his brother. C.He is the same as his brother.6.What do you think of Claire's next week?A.She is lazy.B.She is free.C.She is busy.7.How did they get to Dalian?A.By car.B.By trainC.By plane.8.How is the weather?A.Windy.B.Cloudy.C.Rainy9.What's the relationship between the two people?A.Friends.B.Old classmates.C.Teacher and student.10.What does the man mean?A.The girl can't hang out at night.B.The girl should finish her homework first.C.The girl should come back early.11.When will Kate visit Jenny?A.This afternoon.B.Tomorrow.C.Right now.12.How many students play sports every day in the girl's class?A.30.B.25.C.20.第三节听下面4段对话或独白,每段对话或独白后有几个小题,从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项.听每段对话或独白前,你将有时间阅读各个小题,每小题5秒钟;听完后,各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间, 每段对话或独白读两遍.听下面一段对话,回答第13至15小题.13.How many pieces of turkey are there in the food they make?A.One.B.Two.C.Three. 14.Is there any cheese in the food? A.Yes,there is. B.No,there isn't. C.We don't know. 15.Which is the last step(步骤)to make the food? A.Put the other piece of bread on it. B.Cut up the lettuce,the tomato and the onion. C.Put some butter on a piece of bread. 听下面一段对话,回答第16至18小题. 16.Where is Tina going next year? A.To America. B.To Australia C.To England. 17.What's Dave's dream job? A.A tour guide. B.A reporter. C.A pianist. 18.What does Tina mean? A.It is possible for Dave to be a pianist. B.Dave has to keep fighting for his dream. C.Dave isn't good at English听下面一段对话,回答第19至21小题.19.What will be on in the Science Museum?A.A concert.B.A robot show.C.A family party.20.Who will Bob go to the museum with on Friday?A.No one.B.Anna.C.Betty.21.What will Anna do tomorrow?A.She'll go to the Science Museum with BobB.She'll prepare for the family party.C.She'll take a trip to Chengdu with her family.听下面一段对话,回答第22至25小题.22.How long was John in Cindy's class?A.For four weeks.B.For two months.C.For half a year.23.What do we know about Ms.Smith?A.She is an English teacher.B.She is a kind and clever teacher.C.She has a birthday party for all her students every year.24.What did John wear to the party?A.Old trousers.B.School uniform.C.A blue sweater and a pair of white trousers.25.Which one is TRUE?A.John won the prize.B.Cindy and Lucy are twin sisters.C.John's birthday is on October 10th.选择填空1.-Do you enjoy your present job? -__________. I just do it for a living.A. That's OKB. No problemC. That's for sureD. Not really2.-I think there will be more pollution in 100 years. -_____. There will be fewer trees and more cars.A. I can't agree moreB. I don't think soC. I'm afraid notD. I hope so3.-Do you often __________ your pen pal? -Yes,quite often.We often talk about our school life in the letters.A. agree withB. hear fromC. hang outD. look for4.-Where did you go on holiday this summer?England? -You are _______. We went on a 10-day tour to Paris.A. funnyB. rightC. coolD. close5.-Is Mrs.Brown feeling better today? -No.In fact she is feeling even _________.A. badB. badlyC. worseD. worst6.-What a lovely cake! -Yeah!It is in the ___________ of a heart.A. colorB. shapeC. sizeD. look7.-Which of the pens will you take? -I'll take ______, one for my son and the other for my daughterA. noneB. allC. bothD. either8.-Hi,Cindy.The Old Man and the sea by Hemingway will be _______ this weekend. -Thanks.I'll go and get it then.A. educationalB. fullC. availableD. possible9.-Why did she _______ your invitation? -Because she had an important meeting to attend that day.A. turn downB. put awayC. dress upD. pick up10.-I didn't _________ him to become a successful businessman. -People sure change!A. tryB. hopeC. planD. expect11.-You needn't take an umbrella.It isn't going to rain. -Well,I don't know.It _________ do.A. mightB. needC. wouldD. should12.-Where are you going,Jack? -I'm going to listen to Mr.Black's talk.His talk will _________ American history.A. appearB. coverC. inviteD. solve13.They clapped and shouted ________ when they saw Yao Ming sitting in the hall. -Sure,they are all basketball fans.A. hardlyB. excitedlyC. quietlyD. friendly14.-I'm afraid that I can't do it well. -You should believe in yourself.You won't know what you can do ____you try it.A. untilB. ifC. whenD. although15.-What did Max just say to you? -He asked me __________.A. when did I buy this CDB. where I will spend the weekendC. that I had a good timeD. if I would like to go skating完形填空阅读下面的短文从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处A jobless man wanted to apply(求职)for the position of"office boy”at Microsoft.The staff manager interviewed him and then gave him a ___16___ :clean the floor. The man passed it,he cleaned the floor very well.“You are hired(雇佣)”the manager told the man."Give me your email address,and I’ll send you the form(表格)to___17___.I shall also send you the___18___you should report for the work.”The man replied,“I don't have a___19___,or an email!”“I am sorry,”said the manag er."If you don't have an email,that means you do not exist(存在). And wecannot___20___persons who do not exist.”The man was very___21___.He didn't know what to do.He only had 10 dollars with him.Once he___22___that all,he wouldn't have any money to buy even food.He went to the supermarket and bought a box of tomatoes with his 10 dollars.He went from door to door and___23___the tomatoes in small bags.He doubled his money.He did the___24___thing three times,and returned home with 60 dollars.He realized that he could make a living in this way.He started to go earlier every day,and returned later.He doubled or made even three times his money every day.Soon,he_____25_____a cart(运货马车),then a truck.In a very short time,he had his many delivery(递送)trucks.Five years later,the man became one of the biggest_____26_____sellers in the country.He started to plan his family's future.He called an insurance(保险)broker,a man who sells insurance.At the end of the_____27_____,the broker asked him for his email address.The man replied,“I don't have an email.”Hearing that,the broker felt very_____28_____."You don't have an email,and yet have succeeded in becoming so_____29_____.Can you imagine(想象)what you could have been if you had email?”he said aloud.The man thought for a while,and replied,“an office_____30_____at Microsoft”If you just lost your job or just failed an interview,don't worry,think of the positive(积极的). Good days are on the way and something better will happen to you.16. A. job B. hand C. seat D. test17. A. look at B. put up C. fill in D. write down18. A. name B. date C. address D. ticket19. A. computer B. screen C. website D. letter20. A. believe B. pay C. accept D. refuse21. A. afraid B. serious C. angry D. upset22. A. added B. spent C. shared D. lost23. A. put B. showed C. kept D. sold24. A. simple B. meaningless C. same D. different25. A. found B. made C. brought D. owned26. A. truck B. insurance C. food D. door27. A. action B. conversation C. business D. story28. A. worried B. moved C. unlucky D. surprised29. A. clever B. healthy C. rich D. talented30. A. boy B. reporter C. cleaner D. head阅读理解AHARVEY Students knowMUDD what mattersCOLLEGEJoin us forDonuts & JuiceonFriday,January 25th9:50a.m.Thomas Garrett PlazaFor the2019 ASHMCStudent Philanthropy CampaignKick-offNote:philanthropy campaign博爱活动31. The information is _________.A. an advertisement about the foodB. a school noticeC. an introduction(介绍)of Harvey Mudd.D. a ball game poster32. Harvey Mudd is the name of _______.A. a collegeB. a personC. activityD. food33. We can't know the _______ of the activity.A. purpose(目的)B. timeC. placeD. website34. If you take part in the activity,youA. have to pay for itB. can help some people in needC. may get a prizeD. have to kick a ball off with others35. From the information,we can infer each of the following EXCEPT that ____.A. the students can enjoy donuts and juice in the activityB. the students know what the activity is forC. Thomas Garrett Plaza is in the collegeD. January 25th, 2019 is FridayBAs an English, I can speak three languages-English, German and French, so do you think the British people are very good la nguage learners? The fact is that they aren’t.Some statistics(数据) from the survey done by the European Commission(欧盟委员会) showed that 62% of the British people only speak English. 38% speak at least one foreign language and 18% speak two or more. Compared with the British people, 56% of the people in other European countries speak at least one foreign language and 28% speak two or more. From this you can see that the British people are famous for not speaking foreign languages and that they are not good language learners in Europe.And the survey also showed that English is the most widely-spoken foreign language. Many European people can have a conversation in English. That's why my people don’t think it is necessary to learn a foreign language.In Britain, students are not required(被要求) to learn a foreign language. That means learning a foreign language is only an option at school. In UK schools it is common for children to start learning a foreign language at 11 and many of them give it up at 14. So why don't students continue learning foreign languages at school? Because they think it is more difficult to get good marks in languages than in other subjects such as science or history.To solve this situation, the British government(政府) is looking for different ways to improve language learning at school. One way is to start learning it at a much younger age. Another one is to give school children more choices.Changing the British attitude(态度) to learning foreign languages may be a hard task but the government decides to try!36. Which country does the writer come from?A. AmericaB. ChinaC. BritainD. Japan37. Which of the following about the British people is TRUE?A. They are good language learnersB. 28%of them speak two or more languagesC. They are famous for speaking foreign languagesD. More than half of them only speak English38. According to the passage, students in Britain prefer(较喜欢)to learn .A. science or GermanB. history or GermanC. science or historyD. German or French39. In Paragraph4,“an option means .A. a choiceB. a gameC. a mistakeD. a conversation40. The passage is mainly about .A. different ways to improve language learning at schoolB. foreign language learning in UKC. a survey from European countriesD. young English learnersCMy nine-year-old son Ben had been begging me to let him find his way home by subway, by himself. After all, we live in New York City, and getting around by public transportation(公共交通) is a basic part of life. It is also the first step toward feeling grown-up.So on that sunny Sunday, I gave him a subway map, a transportation card, $20 for emergencies, and a couple of coins so that he could call me if necessary. I didn't give him a cell phone because nine-year-olds could lose things easily.A few days later, I wrote about this experience for a newspaper. Little did I realize the idea that a kid could tour the city on his own, and that a mom would let him go, was big news.It turned out that many TV shows called me and asked for an interview. Bloggers were going crazy. so I started a blog, too, and letters came pouring in. Finally, I found out why this was such a big story: we have become fearful for our children. Fear is hardly a new thing for parents. But the fear of letting our children out of sight for even a second-that's new. How did this happen? How did it become too scary to let kids be kids? I asked the question when the reporter Trevor Butterworth came." News reports! "he answered, “News reports scare the pants off you.” What is scarier than a kid being kidnapped(诱拐)? Because there are so many such stories. People start to feel as if kidnappings are happening all the time. That's why the kid-on-the subway story surprises the whole world.”Ben probably did a good job. He simply proved(证明) that kids could leave home alone and return home safely! But he didn’t think it was a big deal. "It was fun. "He said, "But I missed some classes because of the interviews.”Sometimes it really pays to be brave.41The author agreed to let her son take the subway alone because .A. her son was old enough to depend on(依靠) himselfB. she felt traveling by subway in New York was a basic life skillC. she thought it would be big news around the worldD. she never thought that her son would be kidnapped42. The author didn’t expect that after she wrote about her sons story.A. her son would receive so many lettersB. some reporters would like to film her son’s storyC. a blog would be started in her nameD. many TV shows would come to interview her43. What does the underlined sentence really mean?A. News reports are always very scary.B. Kidnappings are happening too often in today's world.C. News reports about kidnappings influence(影响) people too much.D. People always prefer scary stories to other stories.44. What can we infer from the passage?A. Too many parents are worried about their kids' safety.B. The author gave everything her son might need for the subway trip.C. Ben was so proud that he succeeded in proving children's abilities.D. Most reporters thought children nowadays should be more independent(独立的).45. The best title of the passage could be “”.A. Fear Is GrowingB. The Kid-on-the-subway StoryC. An Important Step ForwardD. Be Brave to Let Kids Go选择适当的词语填空,有一个词语是多余的.promises / make up / normal / prepare / without / take up46. Problems and worries are _________ in life.47. He only had a few days to _________ for the exam.48. They are going to __________ a hobby like playing the guitar.49. If we make ___________ to other people, we must keep them.50. Jill left quietly __________ saying goodbye.阅读理解填词.阅读短文,在其后空白处写出各单词的正确形式,单词的第一个字母已给出.France is well known for its fine art, tasty food and romantic scenery(风景).About 75 million v_____51_____ come here every year.France is the l_____52_____ country in Western Europe. It has a population of over 66 million. The country is home to many famous p____53____ of interest, like the River Seine(塞纳河) as well as the Eiffel Tower.Many visitors also come for the country's art. Sculptor (雕刻家) Auguste Rodin and painter Claude Monet once c___54___ their great works(作品) here. If you visit France today, it is not a s_____55_____ to meet street artists in the city or a singer in the subway.No visit to Paris is complete without a trip to Louvre(卢浮宫), one of the most famous museums in the world. Inside, there are 35,000 works of art, such as the p_____56_____ Mona Lisa by Da Vinci and the statue (雕塑) David by Michelangelo. It would t_____57_____ nine months to enjoy all the pieces.Besides, French food is world famous. Bread is very important in France. The best known French bread is called a baguette(法式长棍面包). They are long, delicious and t_____58_____ salty. Snails((蜗牛) are also a must-have here. French people eat 40,000 tons of snails every year!But France is not a_____59_____ good. Paris, the city of light, may also show its dark side to visitors. Chinese visitors feel sorry about the c______60______ subway in Paris.61.书面表达二月十号是Kevin的生日.他想邀请好友Betty去他家参加生日派对.根据以下信息,给Betty写一封邀请函,要求80词左右.要点如下:1.请Betty来家里参加生日派对;2.住址:格林大街28号,时间:二月十号,周六下午三点;3.穿好看的衣服,带家人和朋友;4.先唱歌跳舞,晚饭后要玩游戏,获胜者会有小礼物;5.派对结束时畅谈新年愿望,周五前回复.参考词汇: February n.二月; resolution n.愿望; smart clothes好看的衣服Dear Betty,答案与解析第一卷(选择题)第一部分听力部分听力测试第一节听下面4个问题.每个问题后有三个答语,从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项.听完每个问题后, 你都有5秒钟的时间来作答和阅读下一小题.每个问题仅读一遍.1.A.New York. B.A computer programmer. C.soccer team.2.A.Yes,they are. B.Twenty dollars. C.No,they won't.3.A.Yes,I must study for a test. B.Sure,I'd love to. C.Next week.4.A.Tomorrow evening. B.In the university C.Sounds good.第二节听下面8段对话,每段对话后有一个小题, 从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项.听完每段对话后, 你都有10秒钟的时间来作答和阅读下一小题.每个问题仅读一遍.5.What is Peter like?A.He is more outgoing than his brother. B,He is more serious than his brother. C.He is the same as his brother.6.What do you think of Claire's next week?A.She is lazy.B.She is free.C.She is busy.7.How did they get to Dalian?A.By car.B.By trainC.By plane.8.How is the weather?A.Windy.B.Cloudy.C.Rainy9.What's the relationship between the two people?A.Friends.B.Old classmates.C.Teacher and student.10.What does the man mean?A The girl can't hang out at night. B.The girl should finish her homework first. C.The girl should come back early.11.When will Kate visit Jenny?A.This afternoon.B.Tomorrow.C.Right now.12.How many students play sports every day in the girl's class?A.30.B.25.C.20.第三节听下面4段对话或独白,每段对话或独白后有几个小题,从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项.听每段对话或独白前,你将有时间阅读各个小题,每小题5秒钟;听完后,各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间, 每段对话或独白读两遍.听下面一段对话,回答第13至15小题.13.How many pieces of turkey are there in the food they make?A.One.B.Two.C.Three.14.Is there any cheese in the food?A.Yes,there is.B.No,there isn't.C.We don't know.15.Which is the last step(步骤)to make the food?A.Put the other piece of bread on it.B.Cut up the lettuce,the tomato and the onion.C.Put some butter on a piece of bread.听下面一段对话,回答第16至18小题.16.Where is Tina going next year?A.To America.B.To AustraliaC.To England.17.What's Dave's dream job?A.A tour guide.B.A reporter.C.A pianist.18.What does Tina mean?A.It is possible for Dave to be a pianist.B.Dave has to keep fighting for his dream.C.Dave isn't good at English 听下面一段对话,回答第19至21小题.19.What will be on in the Science Museum?A.A concert.B.A robot show.C.A family party.20.Who will Bob go to the museum with on Friday?A.No one.B.Anna.C.Betty.21.What will Anna do tomorrow?A.She'll go to the Science Museum with BobB.She'll prepare for the family party.C.She'll take a trip to Chengdu with her family.听下面一段对话,回答第22至25小题.22.How long was John in Cindy's class?A.For four weeks.B.For two months.C.For half a year.23.What do we know about Ms.Smith?A.She is an English teacher.B.She is a kind and clever teacher.C.She has a birthday party for all her students every year.24.What did John wear to the party?A.Old trousers.B.School uniform.C.A blue sweater and a pair of white trousers.25.Which one is TRUE?A.John won the prize.B.Cindy and Lucy are twin sisters.C.John's birthday is on October 10th.选择填空1.-Do you enjoy your present job? -__________.I just do it for a living. A. That's OK B. No problem C. That's for sure D. Not really 【答案】D 【解析】【详解】句意:——你喜欢目前的工作吗?——不完全是,我只是为了谋生. 考查情景交际.That's OK可以,那好吧;No problem没问题;That's for sure那是肯定的;Not really不完全是.根据I just do it for a living.可知,说话者不怎么喜欢目前的工作只是为了谋生,结合选项,可知只有D 选项符合语境,故答案选D.2.-I think there will be more pollution in 100 years. -_____. There will be fewer trees and more cars.A. I can't agree moreB. I don't think soC. I'm afraid notD. I hope so【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意:——我认为100年后会有更多的污染.——我完全同意.将会有更少的树和更多的车.考查情景交际.I can't agree more我完全同意;I don't think so我不这么认为;I'm afraid not恐怕不是;I hope so 我希望如此.根据There will be fewer trees and more cars.可知,说话人同意对方的看法,故答案选A.3.-Do you often __________ your pen pal? -Yes,quite often.We often talk about our school life in the letters.A. agree withB. hear fromC. hang outD. look for【答案】B【详解】句意:——你经常收到你笔友的来信吗?——是的,经常.我们经常在信中谈论我们的学校生活.考查动词短语.agree with同意;hear from收到某人的来信;hang out闲逛;look for寻找.根据We often talk about our school life in the letters.可知问句是询问“你经常收到你笔友的来信吗?”故答案选B.4.-Where did you go on holiday this summer?England? -You are _______. We went on a 10-day tour to Paris.A. funnyB. rightC. coolD. close【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意:——今年夏天你去哪里度假了?英国吗?——你的答案很接近了.我们去巴黎旅行了十天. 考查形容词辨析.funny有趣的;right正确的;cool凉爽的;close接近的.根据句意可知,我们去了巴黎,没去英国,但去英国或法国的巴黎都是去国外,所以说你的答案很接近了,故答案选D.5.-Is Mrs.Brown feeling better today? -No.In fact she is feeling even _________.A. badB. badlyC. worseD. worst【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:——布朗夫人今天感觉好点了吗?——没有.实际上她感觉更糟了.考查比较级.bad坏的、糟糕的,形容词;badly严重地、恶劣地、副词;worse更坏的,比较级;worst最坏的,最高级.根据No,可知是她感觉更糟了,这里暗含比较级,表示与昨天相比感觉更糟了,所以用bad 的比较级worse,even常修饰比较级;故答案选C.6.-What a lovely cake! -Yeah!It is in the ___________ of a heart.A. colorB. shapeC. sizeD. look【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:——多可爱的蛋糕啊!——是的!它是心形的.考查名词辨析.color颜色;shape形状;size尺码;look看.根据What a lovely cake! 多可爱的蛋糕啊!结合It is in the ___ of a heart.它是心…的,可知应该是它是心形的,the shape of“…的形状”,故答案选B.7.-Which of the pens will you take? -I'll take ______, one for my son and the other for my daughterA. noneB. allC. bothD. either【答案】C【详解】句意:——你要哪一支钢笔?——我两个都要,一个给我儿子,一个给我女儿.考查代词辨析.none一个也没有;all三者或三者以上都;both两者都;either(两者之中)任何一个.根据one for my son and the other for my daughter. 一个给我儿子,一个给我女儿one…the other…一个…另一个…,固定搭配,所以此处指的是要买两个,所以用both,故答案选C.8.-Hi,Cindy.The Old Man and the sea by Hemingway will be _______ this weekend. -Thanks.I'll go and get it then.A. educationalB. fullC. availableD. possible【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:——嗨,辛迪,海明威的《老人与海》本周末可以购买了.——谢谢.到时我将去买它.考查形容词辨析.educational有教育意义的;full满的;available可获得的、可购买得的;possible可能的.根据I'll go and get it then. 可知是海明威的《老人与海》本周末可以购买了, be available可以获得、可以购买,故答案选C.9.-Why did she _______ your invitation? -Because she had an important meeting to attend that day.A. turn downB. put awayC. dress upD. pick up【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意:——她为什么拒绝你的邀请?——因为那天她有一个重要的会议要参加.考查动词短语.turn down拒绝;put away放好;dress up打扮;pick up捡起.根据Because she had an important meeting to attend that day.可知因为那天她有一个重要的会议要参加,所以她拒绝了邀请函,turn down符合题意,其它选项均语意不通,故答案选A.10.-I didn't _________ him to become a successful businessman. -People sure change!A. tryB. hopeC. planD. expect【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意:——我没想到他会成为一个成功的商人.——人们当然会改变!考查动词辨析.try尝试、试图;hope希望;plan计划;expect期望、期待.根据People sure change!可知是我没想到他会成为一个成功的商人,expect sb.to do sth.期望/预料某人做某事,故答案选D.11.-You needn't take an umbrella.It isn't going to rain. -Well,I don't know.It _________ do.A. mightB. needC. wouldD. should【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意:——你不必带伞.不会下雨的.——嗯,我不知道.也可能会下.考查情态动词.might可能、也许;need需要、必须;would将会;should应该.根据I don't know.可知,此处表示不确定性,有一定的可能性,因此应该用might表示语气不确定,其它选项均不符合语境,故答案选A.12.-Where are you going,Jack? -I'm going to listen to Mr.Black's talk.His talk will _________ American history.A. appearB. coverC. inviteD. solve【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:——你去哪儿,杰克? ——我打算去听布莱克先生的演讲,他的演讲将涉及美国历史.考查动词辨析.appear出现;cover覆盖、包含、涉及;invite邀请、招待;solve解决、解答.根据I'm going to listen to Mr.Black's talk.His talk will ____ American history. 我打算去听布莱克先生的演讲,他的演讲将……美国历史.结合选项,可知只有B选项符合题意,其它选项均语意不通,故答案选B. 13.They clapped and shouted ________ when they saw Yao Ming sitting in the hall. -Sure,they are all basketball fans.A. hardlyB. excitedlyC. quietlyD. friendly【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:——当他们看到姚明坐在大厅里时,他们兴奋地鼓掌欢呼.——当然,他们都是篮球迷.考查副词辨析.hardly几乎不;excitedly兴奋地、激动地;quietly 安静地;friendly友好地.根据they are all basketball fans.他们都是篮球迷,且姚明是篮球明星,由此可推测当人们看到他坐在大厅里时,会兴奋地鼓掌欢呼,故答案选B.14.-I'm afraid that I can't do it well. -You should believe in yourself.You won't know what you can do ____you try it.A. untilB. ifC. whenD. although【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意:——恐怕我做不好这件事.——你应该相信你自己.直到你尝试了你才会知道你能做什么.考查从属连词辨析.until直到;if如果;when当……时候;although尽管、虽然.联系语境并根据前后句子的对比,可知设空处的句子应理解为:直到你尝试了你才会知道你能做什么;结合关键词won't,可以判断出此句应用固定表达not…until来完成,意为“直到……才……”,until引导一个时间状语从句,故答案选A.15.-What did Max just say to you? -He asked me __________.A. when did I buy this CDB. where I will spend the weekendC. that I had a good timeD. if I would like to go skating【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意:——Max刚才对你说了什么?——他问我是否愿意去滑冰.考查宾语从句.根据He asked me,可知本句考查了宾语从句的用法;在宾语从句中所使用的语序应该是陈述句语序,选项A是疑问句语序,排除掉;再根据He asked me,可知这里句子使用的时态是一般过去时,那么宾语从句就要相应的用过去时,选项B是will,一般将来时,不符合时态要求,排除掉;在这里ask的意思是询问,后面跟的宾语从句应该有疑问的语气,所以这里应使用的引导词是if,排除C选项;故答案选D.【点睛】本题考查宾语从句;宾语从句三要素是:连接词、宾语从句语序、时态.根据宾语从句用陈述语序,可知A选项是疑问语序,所以排除.再根据asked可知,主句是一般过去时态,宾语从句要用过去的某一种时态,选项B是一般将来时,时态不对,所以排除;ask的意思是询问,后面跟的宾语从句应该有疑问的语气,所以这里应使用的引导词是if,排除C选项;故答案选D.完形填空阅读下面的短文从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处A jobless man wanted to apply(求职)for the position of"office boy”at Microsoft.The staff manager interviewed him and then gave him a ___16___ :clean the floor. The man passed it,he cleaned the floor very well.“You are h ired(雇佣)”the manager told the man."Give me your email address,and I’ll send you the form(表格)to___17___.I shall also send you the___18___you should report for the work.”The man replied,“I don't have a___19___,or an email!”“I am sorry,”said the manager."If you don't have an email,that means you do not exist(存在). And wecannot___20___persons who do not exist.”The man was very___21___.He didn't know what to do.He only had 10 dollars with him.Once he___22___thatall,he wouldn't have any money to buy even food.He went to the supermarket and bought a box of tomatoes with his 10 dollars.He went from door to door and___23___the tomatoes in small bags.He doubled his money.He did the___24___thing three times,and returned home with 60 dollars.He realized that he could make a living in this way.He started to go earlier every day,and returned later.He doubled or made even three times his money every day.Soon,he_____25_____a cart(运货马车),then a truck.In a very short time,he had his many delivery(递送)trucks.Five years later,the man became one of the biggest_____26_____sellers in the country.He started to plan his family's future.He called an insurance(保险)broker,a man who sells insurance.At the end of the_____27_____,the broker asked him for his email address.The man replied,“I don't have an email.”Hearing that,the broker felt very_____28_____."You don't have an email,and yet have succeeded in becoming so_____29_____.Can you imagine(想象)what you could have been if you had email?”he said aloud.The man thought for a while,and replied,“an office_____30_____at Microsoft”If you just lost your job or just failed an interview,don't worry,think of the positive(积极的). Good days are on the way and something better will happen to you.16. A. job B. hand C. seat D. test17. A. look at B. put up C. fill in D. write down18. A. name B. date C. address D. ticket19. A. computer B. screen C. website D. letter20. A. believe B. pay C. accept D. refuse21. A. afraid B. serious C. angry D. upset22. A. added B. spent C. shared D. lost23. A. put B. showed C. kept D. sold24. A. simple B. meaningless C. same D. different25. A. found B. made C. brought D. owned26. A. truck B. insurance C. food D. door27. A. action B. conversation C. business D. story28. A. worried B. moved C. unlucky D. surprised29. A. clever B. healthy C. rich D. talented30. A. boy B. reporter C. cleaner D. head【答案】16. D 17. C 18. B 19. A 20. C 21. D 22. B 23. D 24. C 25. D 26.。
人教版英语八年级上册第一期末测试卷4含答案
答卷时应注意事项1、拿到试卷,要认真仔细的先填好自己的考生信息。
2、拿到试卷不要提笔就写,先大致的浏览一遍,有多少大题,每个大题里有几个小题,有什么题型,哪些容易,哪些难,做到心里有底;3、审题,每个题目都要多读几遍,不仅要读大题,还要读小题,不放过每一个字,遇到暂时弄不懂题意的题目,手指点读,多读几遍题目,就能理解题意了;容易混乱的地方也应该多读几遍,比如从小到大,从左到右这样的题;4、每个题目做完了以后,把自己的手从试卷上完全移开,好好的看看有没有被自己的手臂挡住而遗漏的题;试卷第1页和第2页上下衔接的地方一定要注意,仔细看看有没有遗漏的小题;5、中途遇到真的解决不了的难题,注意安排好时间,先把后面会做的做完,再来重新读题,结合平时课堂上所学的知识,解答难题;一定要镇定,不能因此慌了手脚,影响下面的答题;6、卷面要清洁,字迹要清工整,非常重要;7、做完的试卷要检查,这样可以发现刚才可能留下的错误或是可以检查是否有漏题,检查的时候,用手指点读题目,不要管自己的答案,重新分析题意,所有计算题重新计算,判断题重新判断,填空题重新填空,之后把检查的结果与先前做的结果进行对比分析。
亲爱的小朋友,你们好!经过两个月的学习,你们一定有不小的收获吧,用你的自信和智慧,认真答题,相信你一定会闯关成功。
相信你是最棒的!第一学期期末测试卷(二)时间:150分钟 满分:120分第一卷 (共95分)一、听力测试。
(共30分)第一节(每小题1. 5分,共9分)听一遍。
根据你所听到的句子,从A、B、C三个选项中选出最恰当的答语。
( )1. A. No, I won't. B. I don't think so. C. I'm afraid not.( )2. A. Volleyball.B. Basketball or volleyball.C. Yes, I like basketball.( )3. A. Great.B. Sorry to hear that.C. That's all right.( )4. A. Sure. B. No, thanks. C. Yes, please.( )5. A. See you. B. Sounds great. C. I'm sorry.( )6. A. Yes, I don't. B. No, I do. C. Yes, I think so.第二节(每小题1. 5分,共9分)听一遍。
人教版八年级上学期英语《期末检测卷》(附答案)
人教版英语八年级上学期 期末测试卷一.听力部分.(20 分) Ⅰ. 情景反应根据所听到的句子,选择恰当的应答语.(5 分)1.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】A. It’s cloudy.B. It’s Tuesday the 29th.2.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】C. It’s December 2017.A. Three times a week.B. At ten o’clock.3.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】C. About half an hour.A. Yes, it is.B. Yes, there will.4.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】C. Yes, there is.A. Yes, I do.B. No, I don’t.5.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】C. The news.A. Delicious.B. Serious.C. Understanding.Ⅱ. 对话问答 根据对话和对话后的问题,选择正确答案.(5 分)6.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】A. To play games.B. To play tennis.7.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】C. To play the piano.A. A dancer.B. A singer.8.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】C. A pilot..A Ithas the biggestscreens.B. It has the most comfortable seats. C. It has the friendliest service. 9.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】A. Mary and Tony.B. Peter and Mary.10.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】C. Tony and Peter.A. Yes, she did.B. No, she didn’t.Ⅲ. 听对话,选择正确答案.(5 分)听对话,回答以下小题.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】C. Nothing special.11. What do they want to do?A. To make a banana shake.B. To make a sandwich.12. How many bananas do they need?A. OneB. Two听对话,回答以下小题.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】C. To make fruit salad. C. Three13. Does Alice like talk shows?A. Yes, she does.B. No, she doesn’t.C. I don’t know.14. How does Alice like soap operas?A. She likes them.B. She doesn’t mind them.C. She can’t stand them.15. What do they decide to watch?A. Talk shows.Ⅳ.短文理解 (5 分)B. Soap operas.C. News.根据你所听到的短文内容,选择正确答案.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】16. Where did Sam go on vacation?A. The beach.B. The countryside17. How was the weather there?.C. The town.A. Sunny and warm.B. Sunny but cold.18. Who did they meet?.A. Someactors.B. Some farmers.19. What do the farmers hope to have in the future?A. Cars.B. Computers.20. How long did they stay there?.A. For two weeks.二、笔试部分 (100 分)B. For two days.Ⅰ.根据首字母及句意填入所缺单词.(5 分)C. Warm and windy. C. Some engineers. C. Robots. C. For two months.21. A________ is my favorite season. 22. Could you give me some a________ on how to learn math well? 23. He became a writer after graduating(毕业) from the c________. 24. Pandas are i_________ danger. We should take care of them. 25. She is writing something on a piece of p_________.Ⅱ.用所给词的正确形式填空.(10 分)26. What’s the __________(mean) of this word?27. I ___________ (fall)down from the bike yesterday afternoon.28. LiYundi is a famous _________(piano) around the world.29. Look! There are two new _________(build) in front of the shopping center.30. Don’t worry. He won’t refuse ________(help) you.31. In China, the Spring Festival is a _________(tradition) festival.32. Tom made a few mistakes because he is too _________(care).33. Ms Clark came into the classroom without _________(say) a word.34. _________(final), enjoy the milk shake.35. I am looking forward to ________(visit) the famous writer soon.III. 单项选择.(15 分)36.My sister is ______ university student. She majors in medicine.A. anB. aC. the37.It took_______ people three months to build this great bridge.A. two hundredsB. hundred ofC. hundreds of38.—Which do you want, ice-cream or hamburger?—__________. They are both bad for my health.A. BothB. NeitherC. None39.We didn’t go out to play __________ we finished our homework.A. untilB. whenC. because40.--________ can you finish your homework?--In about an hour.A. How longB. How soonC. How often41.The question is ________difficult for me ________answer.A. very, forB. too, toC. so, that42.__________ spoons of honey do we need?A. How muchB. How manyC. How often43.I’m sorry I can’t go with you. I have ________work to do.A. too manyB. much tooC. too much44.Aunt Li doesn’t know if it___ tomorrow. If it ___tomorrow, she won’t go to the park.A. will rain, rainsB. rains, will rainC. will rain, will rain45.You need to cook it for _________ five minutes.A. anotherB. otherC. the other46.The ________ pollution is becoming more and more serious. We haven’t seen blue skiesfor several days.A. noiseB. waterC. air47.Now, it’s time ________ lunch. Let’s go.A. to haveB. for haveC. to having48.I _______ think there ________ more pollution.A. / , won’t beB. don’t, will beC. don’t, will have49.Don’t worry about Shirley. She can ________ herself.A. look atB. look afterC. look for50.-Let’s make Russian soup.-_________A. That’s a good idea.B. That’s all right.IV. 交际运用(15 分)完成对话从方框中选出最佳选项.(5 分)补全对话从方框中选出适当的句子,完成对话,有两项为多余选项.C. You’re welcome.M:Good morning. Can I help you, madam? W:Yes, please.___51___ M:OK. Qingdao is a nice place to visit.___52___The weather is neither hot nor cold. W:Sounds good.___53___ M:You can get there by train. W:Shall I visit places of interest by bus in Qingdao? M:Sure.___54___ W:Really perfect.___55___ M:280 yuan each person. It includes train tickets, park tickets, hotel and meals. W:Well. It’s nice. I’d like to book(预定) the tour for two.补全对话根据对话内容,在空格上填入适当的话语,使对话完整.(10 分)A: Hi, Jenny! ______56______ my birthday party on Saturday afternoon? B: Sure, ______57______. A: ______58______you, Linda? C: I’m sorry I can’t. I _____59_____ study for a test on weekends. A: That’s too bad. Maybe next time. C: Sure. Thanks for your _____60_____.V. 短文填空从方框中适当的选项,完成短文.有两项是多余的.(10 分)根据短文内容,用方框中所给单词的适当形式填空,使短文内容完整、通顺.每词限用一次.用方框中所给单词的适当形式填空. sound, nice, write, friend, feel, you, like, need, help, howWe have a lot of trouble in our life, but we have to face them. When you are feeling unhappy or forget how great youare, there are six ways to make you____61____good about yourself.Look in the mirror and say to____62____,“I’m a special person and there’s no one in the world____63____me. I cando anything!”It may not____64____so good, but it really works!Do something____65____for someone.____66____others always makes you feel good.Smile! Be____67____to people you meet. Look for the good things in your friends and family.Learn something new! Have you always wanted to decorate your own room or learn___68___to swim? Go for it! New challenges (挑战) are fun and give you a sense of accomplishment when you have finished.Read and start a diary. Turn off the TV and let your imagination fly! If you have any thoughts, dreams or anything youwant,____69____them down! Writing always helps to express your feelings.Stay with your family. We all____70____our family time. Talk with your Mum and Dad or maybe even your cousin.VI. 阅读理解(30 分) AFriendship between animals sometimes seems stronger than that between men.In France, a man had to move to a new job two hundred kilometers away. He had a dog and a cat, and he loved, them both. But he thought that the cat would like to stay in the same house with new owners. So he moved and tookonly the dog. About three weeks later, the dog was suddenly lost. For several days, the man looked for his dog, but didn't findhim. Then, seven weeks later, the dog came back but he was not alone. By his side was the cat. They were tired and hungry after their long trip. And they never left each other again.Another story is about goldfish. We usually think fish are cold-hearted but sometimes we may be wrong. Afriend had to work in another country. So I took her pet goldfish and put it in a bowl with mine. They two lived together for six months. When the friend came back, she took her fish home.Then, I found my goldfish was acting strangely, hitting against the side of the bowl. The next morning he died.Later that day, my friend phoned to say that her goldfish was also dead. I believe they died of sadness.71. What did the Frenchman take when he moved to a new job?A. A dog.B. A cat.C. A fish.D. A dog and a cat.72. How long did it take the pets to walk 200 kilometers?A. 2 weeksB. 7 weeks.C. 2 months.D. 7 months.73. What do people usually think about fish according to the passage?A. They’re alone.B. They’re friendly.C. They’re beautiful.D. They’re cold-hearted.74. What did the writer's friend do after she came back?A. She took her fish homeB. She put the fish in a bowlC. She kept it for 6 months.D. She killed it.75. What does the passage mainly tell us?A. Dogs and cats are good friends and they never leave each other.B. Goldfish are clever than the other fish so they can make friends.C. Men should be friendly to animals because they are our good friends.D. Friendship between animals sometimes seems stronger than that between menBReading books helps you open different windows to many colorful worlds. But today few Chinese people like to read. In 2012, a Chinese read an average (平均) of 4.39 books. Things are different in many other countries. ASouth Korean (韩国) man reads 11 books a year, a Japanese reads 17 and an American reads 21 books.What to read In China, many people only read self-help(自助)books. These books are usually about how to get success andhealth. In the US, teachers give students a reading list every few weeks. These books are about everything, like science and adventure (冒险).How to get good reading habits Read in short periods (周期). If you can’t concentrate for a long time, this way is helpful. 10 minutes on theway to and from school, 10 minutes when waiting for friends, 15 minutes before going to sleep. Then it's 45 minutesa day, about five hours a week.Make your own reading list. Your list can be the best selling books on famous websites like The New YorkTimes, , or same books your teachers tell you to read.Talk about your reading with your family or friends. It doubles (加倍) the fun to read. The more fun you getfrom books, the more books you will read.76. A Chinese read an average of ________ books in 2012.A. 4.39B. 11C. 17D. 21.77 Which of the following is right according to (根据) the passage?A. Self-help books are only about success and health. B. Many Chinese like reading books about how to get success and health. C. American teachers give students books every few weeks.D. American students don’t like reading books about science and adventure.78. What does "concentrate" mean in the passage?A. 集中B. 分散C. 节约D. 匀出79. Which of the following are good reading habits according to the passage?①Reading books for a short time once②Reading in bed with a bright light③Making careful notes while reading④Eating something while reading⑤Having a good reading list ⑥Sharing the fun with your family or friends after readingA. ①②⑤⑥B. ①④⑥C. ①⑤⑥D. ①②③⑤80. What's the passage about?A. Reading is helpful and interesting.B. Which are the best for you to read?C. What are people around the world reading?D. Choose right books to read and have good readinghabits.CA The plan, known as the APEC China Year 2014 and Low Carbon Model Town World Campaign(低碳示范镇的世界运动), has already organized more than 20 science and research institutes and enterprises and 50 experts to assess (评估)Shenzhen as an "International Low Carbon City".B HuoZun,23, is the writer of the song ROLL the Beaded Curtain (《卷珠帘》). He was the winner of the TV program Sing My Song《( 中国好歌曲》), a talent show. His beautiful melody and Chinese flavor lyrics won him the best song and millions of fans.C People gathered at the Hull Truck Theatre and cheered with joy when Minister Maria Miller announced Hull as the UK’s 2017 City of Culture. Every four years, the UK government chooses a city for the award. It’s hoped that more people will travel to the winning place, making it more popular.D A company in Poland plans to build hotels which can be moved to any chosen and suitable placein the sea. The hotel rooms can float about 50 feet below the surface. The whole building is underwater, and you can only get into it by swimming down and entering through an opening at the bottom. There is a television, air conditioning and wi-fi in the lodge.E International Nurses Day is celebrated around the world every May 12, the anniversary of Florence Nightingale's birth. She spent all her life taking good care of those patients. She set up the first nurse school in London.请根据下面五位人物的愿望,在上面所给的信息中找出与其相匹配的选项. 81. Kathy has interest in the underwater world. She’s looking forward to visiting Poland. 82. Fred enjoys traveling. He wants to go somewhere new and exciting in the future. 83. Mrs. Yang takes part in the campaign that can make people live in a low carbon city. 84. Dan is a student in a nurse school. He hopes to be a nurse to look after other patients. 85. Alex is a fan of the TV program Sing My Song. He loves listening to the beautiful songs.根据短文内容,从以上选项中选出能填入文中空缺处的最佳选项,使意思通顺,内容完整.(5 分)No one wants to look silly or do the wrong thing at a new job. It’s important to make the right impression(印象). You will face new people. You will be in a new place. It may be difficult to know what to do. Here are five tips to help you make it through the first days at a new job:First impression can last forever. Make sure you make a good one. Before your first day, find out if your new job has a dress code(rules about what you can wear to work). If so, be sure to follow it.______86____________87______ Give yourself an extra 15 minutes to make sure you arrive on time. Pay attention to introductions. One of the first things that your supervisor may do is to introduce you to co-workers.______88______ They are the ones who will answer your questions when the boss is not around.Ask plenty of(大量) questions. _____89_____ If he or she has not told you your duty, ask for a list. Set daily and weekly goals(目标) for yourself._____90_____ Observe(观察) what your co-workers do around quitting time(下班时间). It isn’t good for you to be eager(渴望)to leave.EWe went to Hong Kong Disneyland(迪士尼) in May with our two children (ages 7 and 9) on a Monday and a Tuesday. It rained heavily so there weren’t too many people in the park. We bought our son a Disney raincoat for Hong Kong $45.The park is beautiful. It was wonderful for our kids as the activities were not too scary and there was hardly any waiting time. On the first day, we arrived at the park at about 2 pm, met Minnie and Mickey, and saw an interesting show. We stayed until 8 pm. The next day, we visited our favorite activities again, and after my husband (丈夫) and son went back to the hotel, my daughter and I stayed to meet all the Princesses (公主).My husband and I think the visit to Disneyland can make our children happy and show something new on our vacation. As parents, we also enjoyed Disneyland and had great fun. 91. Where did they go on vacation?.___________________________________________________________92. How much was a Disney raincoat for their son? ___________________________________________________________ 93. Why weren’t there too many people in the park? ___________________________________________________________ 94. How many hours did they stay in Disneyland on the first day? ___________________________________________________________ 95 Did they feel happy when they were in Disneyland?___________________________________________________________Ⅵ. 书面表达(20 分)96.难忘的 2017 年即将过去,请你以 My resolutions for the coming year 为题,谈一谈你对新一年的打算. 要点提示: 1.更加努力学习,取得更好的成绩 2. 帮父母做家务 3. 吃更健康的食物,多运动 4.多交朋友 5.学习弹吉他 要求: 1. 作文中必须包含提示中的所有内容 2. 信息表达清晰、完整,语言流畅,词汇丰富,格式正确,书写规范My resolutions for the coming year第一段New Year is coming. I have made some resolutions for the coming year.第二段……第三段I will try my best to make my resolutions come true and make myself a better person.________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________答案与解析一.听力部分.(20分)Ⅰ. 情景反应根据所听到的句子,选择恰当的应答语.(5分)1.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】A. It’s cloudy.B. It’s Tuesday the 29th.C. It’s December 2017.【答案】B【解析】2.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】A. Three times a week.B. At ten o’clock.C. About half an hour. 【答案】A【解析】3.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】A. Yes, it is.B. Yes, there will.C. Yes, there is.【答案】B【解析】4.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】A. Yes, I do.B. No, I don’t.C. The news.【答案】C【解析】5.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】A. Delicious.B. Serious.C. Understanding.【答案】A【解析】Ⅱ. 对话问答根据对话和对话后的问题,选择正确答案.(5分)6.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】A. To play games.B. To play tennis.C. To play the piano. 【答案】C【解析】7.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】A. A dancer.B. A singer.C. A pilot.【答案】A【解析】8.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】A. It has the biggest screens.B. It has the most comfortable seats.C. It has the friendliest service.【答案】B【解析】9.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】A. Mary and Tony.B. Peter and Mary.C. Tony and Peter. 【答案】C【解析】10.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】A. Yes, she did.B. No, she didn’t.C. Nothing special. 【答案】A【解析】Ⅲ. 听对话,选择正确答案.(5分)听对话,回答以下小题.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】11. What do they want to do?A. To make a banana shake.B. To make a sandwich.C. To make fruit salad.12. How many bananas do they need?A. OneB. TwoC. Three【答案】11. C 12. C【解析】听对话,回答以下小题.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】13. Does Alice like talk shows?A. Yes, she does.B. No, she d oesn’t.C. I don’t know.14. How does Alice like soap operas?A. She likes them.B. She doesn’t mind them.C. She can’t stand them.15. What do they decide to watch?A. Talk shows.B. Soap operas.C. News.【答案】13. B 14. C 15. C【解析】Ⅳ.短文理解(5分)根据你所听到的短文内容,选择正确答案.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】16. Where did Sam go on vacation?A. The beach.B. The countrysideC. The town.17. How was the weather there?.A. Sunny and warm.B. Sunny but cold.C. Warm and windy.18. Who did they meet?.A. Someactors.B. Some farmers.C. Some engineers.19. What do the farmers hope to have in the future?A. Cars.B. Computers.C. Robots.20. How long did they stay there?.A. For two weeks.B. For two days.C. For two months.【答案】16. B 17. A 18. B 19. C 20. B【解析】二、笔试部分(100分)Ⅰ.根据首字母及句意填入所缺单词.(5分)21. A________ is my favorite season.22. Could you give me some a________ on how to learn math well?23. He became a writer after graduating(毕业) from the c________.24. Pandas are i_________ danger. We should take care of them.25. She is writing something on a piece of p_________.【答案】21. A utumn22. a dvice23. c ollege24. i n25. p aper【解析】【21题详解】根据my favorite season可知,一年四季中以a开头的是秋季autumn.故答案为Autumn.【22题详解】句意:你能给我一些学好数学的建议吗?根据句意及首字母可知,本题考查advice.故答案为advice. 【23题详解】句意:大学毕业后他成为了一名作家.根据句意及首字母可知,本题考查college.故答案为college. 【24题详解】本题考查短语in danger(处在危险之中).故答案为in.【25题详解】句意:她正在一张纸上写一些东西.根据句意和首字母,本题考查paper.故答案paper.点睛:根据句意和首字母写单词首先要读懂句意,确定单词;然后再考虑语境,确定形式. Ⅱ.用所给词的正确形式填空.(10分)26. What’s the __________(mean) of this word?27. I ___________ (fall)down from the bike yesterday afternoon.28. LiYundi is a famous _________(piano) around the world.29. Look! There are two new _________(build) in front of the shopping center.30. Don’t worry. He won’t refuse ________(help) you.31. In China, the Spring Festival is a _________(tradition) festival.32. Tom made a few mistakes because he is too _________(care).33. Ms Clark came into the classroom without _________(say) a word.34. _________(final), enjoy the milk shake.35. I am looking forward to ________(visit) the famous writer soon.【答案】26. meaning27. fell28. pianist29. buildings30. to help31. traditional32. careless33. saying34. finally35. visiting【解析】【26题详解】定冠词the修饰名词,mean名词形式是meaning.故答案为meaning.【27题详解】根据时间状语yesterday afternoon可知,本题为一般过去时,动词fall用过去式.故答案为fell. 【28题详解】句意:李云迪是全世界著名的钢琴家.钢琴家是pianist.故答案为pianist.【29题详解】形容词new 修饰build 的名词building ,前有two 修饰,名词用复数.故答案为buildings.【30题详解】Refuse to do sth (拒绝做某事).故答案为to help.【31题详解】修饰名词festival 应该用tradition 的形容词traditional .故答案为traditional.【32题详解】句意:Tom 犯了很多错误,因为他太不细心了.不细心的是careless .故答案为careless.【33题详解】介词without 后跟名词或动名词形式.故答案为saying.【34题详解】根据句意和句子结构,本题考查final 的副词finally .故答案为Finally.【35题详解】Look forward to 中的to 是介词,后跟名词或动名词.故答案为visiting.点睛:此类题要多从语法角度考虑,如5题根据refuse 的用法确定后面用动词不定式.III. 单项选择.(15分) 36.My sister is ______ university student. She majors in medicine. A. an B. a C. the【答案】B 【解析】 试题分析:句意:我姐姐是一名大学生,她主修医学.不定冠词a 或an 可表示“一”的概念,university 以辅音音素开头,应该用a .故选B. 37.It took_______ people three months to build this great bridge. A. two hundreds B. hundred ofC. hundreds of【答案】C 【解析】 试题分析:句意:建造这座伟大的桥用了成百个人三个月的时间.英语中hundred ,thousand 等词前有确切的基数词时,这些词不变复数,且后面直接跟所修饰的名词复数;而表示“成百成百的”或“成千成千的”时,这些词要变为复数,且后面接of 再跟名词复数.故选C. 38.—Which do you want, ice-cream or hamburger? —__________. They are both bad for my health. A. Both B. Neither C. None【答案】B【解析】试题分析:句意:——冰激凌和汉堡,你想要哪一个?——都不要.他们都对我的健康有害.根据They are both bad for my health可知,说话者两者都不要,两者都不用neither.故选B.39.We didn’t go out to play __________ we finished our h omework.A. untilB. whenC. because【答案】A【解析】试题分析:句意:直到我们我成作业我们才出去玩.根据句意和句式结构,本题考查not---until(直到------才------).故选A.40.--________ can you finish your homework?--In about an hour.A. How longB. How soonC. How often【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:——你多久后能完成你的作业?——大约半小时后.考查疑问词.A多长时间,对做某事所用的时间段提问;B多久,侧重于某件事能多长时间后完成;C多久一次,侧重于问做某事的频率.根据回答In about an hour可知,此题用how soon.故选B.41.The question is ________difficult for me ________answer.A. very, forB. too, toC. so, that【答案】B【解析】试题分析:句意:这个问题对我来说太难而不能回答.太------不能------用too---to---;如此------以致于------用so---that---.故选B.42.__________ spoons of honey do we need?A. How muchB. How manyC. How often【答案】B【解析】试题分析:句意:我们需要多少勺的蜂蜜?spoon是可数名词,对可数名词的数量提问用how many.故选B.43.I’m sorry I can’t go with you. I have ________work to do.A. too manyB. much tooC. too much【答案】C【解析】【分析】【详解】句意:对不起我不能和你一起走.我有太多的工作要做.考查固定搭配.too many/much太多,非常多,too many修饰可数名词,too much修饰不可数名词;muchtoo很,十分,修饰形容词和副词.此处有不可数名词work,排除B,故选C.44.Aunt Li doesn’t know if it___ tomorrow. If it ___tomorrow, she won’t go to the park.A. will rain, rainsB. rains, will rainC. will rain, will rain【答案】A【解析】试题分析:句意:李阿姨不知道天是否将会下雨.如果下雨,她将不去公园.本题第一空考查if引导的宾语从句,根据句意,用一般将来时;第二空考查if引导的条件状语从句,这种句子遵循“主将从现”的原则.故选A.45.You need to cook it for _________ five minutes.A. anotherB. otherC. the other【答案】A【解析】试题分析:句意:你需要再加工五分钟.another 常用于指三者或三者以上中的“另外一个”,泛指单数.可单独使用,也可后接名词.如果其后接复数名词,则表示“又、再、还”.other表示泛指,意为“另外的、其它的”.常与复数名词或不可数名词连用.the other表示两者中的另外一个.可单独使用,也可接单数名词.本题中表示“再,又”,故选A.46.The ________ pollution is becoming more and more ser ious. We haven’t seen blue skiesfor several days.A. noiseB. waterC. air【答案】C【解析】试题分析:句意:空气污染正变得越来越严重.我们已经很多天没看到蓝天了.根据We haven’t seen blue skies for several days.可知,本题指空气污染.故选C.47.Now, it’s time ________ lunch. Let’s go.A. to haveB. for haveC. to having【答案】A【解析】试题分析:句意:现在,到吃午饭的时间了.让我们走.到干某事的时间了用句型it’s time to do sth.故选A. 点睛:本题在读懂全句的基础上,学会基本句型it’s time to do sth的用法是解题关键.48.I _______ think there ________ more pollution.A. / , won’t beB. don’t, will beC. don’t, will have【答案】B【解析】试题分析:句意:我认为将不会有太多的污染.本题考查I think做主句的宾语从句的否定转移和there be结构的一般将来时.故选B.49.Don’t worry about Shirley. She can ________ herself.A. look atB. look afterC. look for【答案】B【解析】试题分析:句意:不要担心Shirley.她能照看好自己.A看;B照顾照看;C寻找.故选B.50.-Let’s make Russian soup.-_________.A. That’s a good idea.B. That’s all right.C. You’re welcome.【答案】A【解析】试题分析:句意:——让我们来做罗宋汤.——那是一个好主意.A那是一个好主意;B好吧;C你太客气了.根据上句let”s---,A是最好的回答.故选A.IV. 交际运用(15分)完成对话从方框中选出最佳选项.(5分)补全对话从方框中选出适当的句子,完成对话,有两项为多余选项.M:Good morning. Can I help you, madam? W:Yes, please.___51___ M:OK. Qingdao is a nice place to visit.___52___The weather is neither hot nor cold. W:Sounds good.___53___ M:You can get there by train. W:Shall I visit places of interest by bus in Qingdao? M:Sure.___54___ W:Really perfect.___55___ M:280 yuan each person. It includes train tickets, park tickets, hotel and meals. W:Well. It’s nice. I’d like to book(预定) the tour for two. 【答案】51. D 52. G 53. C 54. B 55. F 【解析】 试题分析: 【51 题详解】 D 句意:---你能介绍给我一个在周末可以去看的好地方吗?---好的,青岛就是个可以参观的好地方.故选 D. 【52 题详解】 G 句意:这个时间去哪里最合适.天气既不热也不冷.故选 G. 【53 题详解】 C 句意:---我怎样才能到那儿?---你可以乘火车去那儿.故选 C. 【54 题详解】 B 句意:我们的观光车可以带你去参观这个城市.故选 B. 【55 题详解】 F 句意:---要花费多少钱?---每人 280 元.故选 F. 考点:考查补全对话.补全对话根据对话内容,在空格上填入适当的话语,使对话完整.(10 分)A: Hi, Jenny! ______56______ my birthday party on Saturday afternoon? B: Sure, ______57______. A: ______58______you, Linda? C: I’m sorry I can’t. I _____59_____ study for a test on weekends. A: That’s too bad. Maybe next time. C: Sure. Thanks for your _____60_____. 【答案】56. Can you come to 57. I’d love to 58. What about 59. have to 60. invitation 【解析】 本对话中 Jenny 邀请同学们来参加她的生日晚会. 【56 题详解】 根据回答 sure 可知,本句是一句邀请的句子 Can you come to my birthday party on Saturday afternoon?故答案 为 Can you come to 【57 题详解】 愿意参加用 Sure, I’d love to.故答案为 I’d love to 【58 题详解】 根据上下文可知,本句是邀请 Linda 来参加,可用 What about you, Linda?故答案为 What about 【59 题详解】 根据前句 I’m sorry I can’t 可知,本句用 I have to study for a test on weekends.故答案为 have to. 【60 题详解】 句意:谢谢你的邀请.邀请的名词是 invitation.故答案为 invitation 点睛:此类题要根据具体的情境和上下句,正确判断出对话涉及到的内容;问句和答语要遵循口语交际的 习惯,不能脱离具体的语境,不能照搬照套语法规则.V. 短文填空从方框中适当的选项,完成短文.有两项是多余的.(10 分)根据短文内容,用方框中所给单词的适当形式填空,使短文内容完整、通顺.每词限用一次. 用方框中所给单词的适当形式填空.sound, nice, write, friend, feel, you, like, need, help, howWe have a lot of trouble in our life, but we have to face them. When you are feeling unhappy or forget how great you are, there are six ways to make you____61____good about yourself. Look in the mirror and say to____62____,“I’m a special person and there’s no one in the world____63____me. I can do anything!”It may not____64____so good, but it really works! Do something____65____for someone.____66____others always makes you feel good. Smile! Be____67____to people you meet. Look for the good things in your friends and family. Learn something new! Have you always wanted to decorate your own room or learn___68___to swim? Go for it! New challenges (挑战) are fun and give you a sense of accomplishment when you have finished. Read and start a diary. Turn off the TV and let your imagination fly! If you have any thoughts, dreams or anything you want,____69____them down! Writing always helps to express your feelings. Stay with your family. We all____70____our family time. Talk with your Mum and Dad or maybe even your cousin. 【答案】61. feel 62. yourself 63. like 64. sound 65. nice 66. Helping 67. friendly 68. how 69. write 70. need 【解析】 试题分析:这篇短文主要介绍了当你感到不高兴或是自我感觉良好的时候,有六种方法使你找到自信.介绍了 帮助找到自信的方法. 【61 题详解】 考查动词及语境的理解.当你感到不高兴或是自我感觉良好的时候,有六种方法使你找到自信. 结合句意,故 答案是: feel 【62 题详解】 考查名词及语境的理解.照照镜子,对自己说:”我是一个特别的人,世界上没有人像我一样. 结合句意,故答案 是: yourself 【63 题详解】 考查介词及语境的理解.照照镜子,对自己说:”我是一个特别的人,世界上没有人像我一样. 结合句意,故答案 是: like 【64 题详解】 考查名词及语境的理解.可能听起来很好,但是真的有效果. 结合句意,故答案是: sound 【65 题详解】考查动词及语境的理解.做一些对别人好的事. 结合句意,故答案是: nice【66 题详解】考查词组及语境的理解.帮助别人总是使你自己感到好. 结合句意,故答案是: Helping【67 题详解】考查动词及语境的理解.对你遇见的人友好. 结合句意,故答案是: friendly【68 题详解】考查副词及语境的理解.你总是想装修你的房间或是你想学怎样游泳吗? 结合句意,故答案是: how【69 题详解】考查形容词及语境的理解.如果你有任何想法,梦想或任何你想要的东西,把他们写下来. 结合句意,故答案是:write【70 题详解】,考查动词词及语境的理解.我们都需要家庭时间. 结合句意,故答案是: need考点:故事类阅读VI. 阅读理解(30 分) AFriendship between animals sometimes seems stronger than that between men. In France a man had to move to a new job two hundred kilometers away. He had a dog and a cat, and he lovedthem both. But he thought that the cat would like to stay in the same house with new owners. So he moved and took only the dog.About three weeks later, the dog was suddenly lost. For several days, the man looked for his dog, but didn't findhim. Then, seven weeks later, the dog came back but he was not alone. By his side was the cat. They were tired andhungry after their long trip. And they never left each other again.Another story is about goldfish. We usually think fish are cold-hearted, but sometimes we may be wrong. Afriend had to work in another country. So I took her pet goldfish and put it in a bowl with mine. They two livedtogether for six months. When the friend came back, she took her fish home.Then, I found my goldfish was acting strangely, hitting against the side of the bowl. The next morning he died.Later that day, my friend phoned to say that her goldfish was also dead. I believe they died of sadness.71. What did the Frenchman take when he moved to a new job?A. A dog.B. A cat.C. A fish.D. A dog and a cat.72. How long did it take the pets to walk 200 kilometers?。
人教版八年级上学期英语《期末检测试卷》(附答案)
人教版英语八年级上学期期末测试卷第Ⅰ卷(选择题)第一部分听力理解第一节听下面5段对话.每段对话后有一个小题,从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项.每段对话读两遍.1. What will the boy buy?A.Yogurt and sugar.B. Sugar and cheese.C. Yogurt and cheese. 2. When will they have a math test? A. On the 12th. B. On the 13th. C. On the 14th. 3. What will the girl do tomorrow morning? A. Make dumplings. B. Have a piano lesson. C. Prepare for a party. 4. What will the girl take to the party? A. Chocolates. B. Cakes. C. Ice-cream. 5. What does Mike want to be? A. A magician. B. A soccer player. C. A singer. 第二节听下面5段对话或独白.每段对话或独白后有几个小题,从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项.每段对话或独白读两遍.听第6段材料,回答第6、7题.6. What can’t the robot do?A. Help with housework.B. Play with children.C. Dance like people.7. How much is the robot?A. $600.B. $360.C. $300.听第7段材料,回答第8至10题.8. Where is Eliza going tomorrow?A.To the beach.B. To the Great Wall.C. To Mount Huang. 9. When will Eliza and Mr. Smith meet? A. At 6:00 a.m. B. At 7:00 a.m. C. At 8:00 a.m. 10. What will Mr. Smith bring? A.Some food. B. Some warm clothes. C. Some water. 听第8段材料,回答第11至13题. 11. Where was the competition? A. At White Hall on Long Street. B. At Green Hall on Long Street. C. At Long Hall on Brown Street. 12. When did the competition start? A. At 7:10. B. At 8:10. C. At 8:30. 13. Who didn’t sing in the competition?A. Anna. B. Tim. C. Alan. 听第9段材料,回答第14至16题. 14. What time does “Top of the Pops” start?A. At 7:30. B. At 8:00. C. At 8:30.15. What is Andy King’s new C D called?A. “Famous and Great”.B. “Good and Bad”.C. “Love and Hate”.16. What color are Jenny Fay’s eyes?A. Blue.B. Green.C. Black.听第10段材料,回答第17至20题.17. Where does Sue work?A. In a library.B. In a university.C. In a primary school.18. What does Thomas want to be?A. A teacher.B. A doctor.C. An engineer.19. How often do Sue and John go to the dance club?A Once a week. B. Twice a week. C. Three times a week.20. Where are Sue and John going to perform next month?A. In the UK.B. In Germany.C. In Italy.第二部分读第一节完形填空先通读下列短文,弄懂大意,然后从各题所给的A,B,C,D四个选项中,选出能填入空白处的最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.ADear Sally,I will have a ___1___ for my 13th birthday. Can you come?It will be a wonderful party. You can listen to some pop music and you will also see a big birthday cake. I think it's ___2___ bigger than your backpack. It is as big as a desk. Have you ever seen a cake like this one?It will be a special party,too. It's also a ball(舞会).You can dance to nice music, ___3___ you'll have to bring a partner(舞伴).The party begins at 7:00p.m. ___4___ Friday. Welcome to my house. You will enjoy ____5____!Don't forget to bring your partner!Love,Harry1. A. gift B. cake C. party D. friend2. A. as B. like C. much D. very3. A. although B. but C. because D. so4. A. at B. in C. on D. with5. A. yourself. B. your C. yours D. youBFrank is my good friend. He comes from America. His father works in Beijing and his family come to____6____ too. The boy is studying in our school. He’s only twelve, but he’s ___7___ than any other boy. So he sits in the sixth row(排). Frank’s father has a car, ___8___ Frank comes to school by bus or by bike. Sometimes he____9____ here, he thinks it’s good for his health. He likes playing basketball. So he’s very ____10____. Frank can ____11____ English and French. And he knows a little Chinese, too. He often helps Miss Liu to ____12____ us English. After class we often talk in English or in Chinese. He tells us something about his country. It’s Mid-Autumn Day today. I ask the American boy to my home ____13____ dinner. My parents give him a lot of moon cakes. He likes ____14____ very much and eats a lot. He says the moon-cakes are very ____15____, so we give him some and ask him to take them to his parents before he leaves.6. A. Canada B. America C. England D. China7. A. tall B. taller C. tallest D. shorter8. A. but B. and C. so D. because9. A. eats B. sits C. runs D. stands10. A. strong B. the stronger C. stronger D. the strongest11. A. say B. speak C. read D. write12. A. ask B. make C. teach D. tell13. A. in B. at C. of D. for14. A. it B. them C. its D. their15. A. bad B. delicious C. big D. round第二节阅读理解阅读下列短文,从每题所给的A,B,C,D四个选项中,选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.AProgram Time & Introduction(简介)Master Class 9:08p.m., Saturday Four famous singers, Yang Yuying, Han Lei, Cao Ge and Lin Zhixuan, teach children aged 6-13 to sing.Keep Running 9:10p.m., Friday Some famous actors or singers run in buildings. They need to find someone or do something to win the race.Raid the Cage 9:20p.m.,Tuesday In the program,one person answers questions and the other one tries to get as many prizes as possible in limited(有限的)time. The host is Peng Yu.Dad Came Back Season Ⅱ8:20p.m., Saturday Five dads are left to look after their kids for 48 hours when moms leave home. You can see the actor Jia Nailiang and his daughter Tianxin, and the sport player, Li Xiaopeng and his daughter Olivia in the program.16. What program may a ten--year--old boy want to watch if he likes singing?A. Master ClassB. Keep Running.C. Raid the Cage.D. Dad Came Back Season Ⅱ17. What time can you watch Keep Running on Friday?A. At 8:20 p.m.B. At 9:08 p.m.C. At 9:15 p.m.D. At 9:10 a.m.18. Who can you see in Dad Came Back SeasonⅡ?A. Deng Y u.B. Han Lei.C. Lin Zhixuan.D. Jia Nailiang.19. What can you learn from the information above(上述)?A. The children in Master Class are between 6 and 10.B. Lin Zhixuan is good at singing.C. You can watch Raid the Cage at 8:20 p.m on Tuesday.D. There are four dads in Dad Came Back SeasonⅡ20. What is the table(表格) above about?A. Famous people.B. News.C. Games.D. ProgramsBAmy: I like to take my vacations at home. But this winter, I wantto do something different. I'm going sightseeing(观光游). Nextweek I am leaving for Ottawa. I'll stay there for two weeks. ThenI'm going to Alaska. I'm going to take many photos there. I can'twait any longer.Jay: This winter vacation is coming. I'll be very busy. I'm going toEurope to visit my cousins in Liverpool and my aunts in Naples. Iplan to go to Rome, because I want to meet pen friend Jacksonthere.Li Hua: I think the best place for a winter vacation is the beach.I'm going to SanYa on January 18th. It has fantastic beaches and Ilike the sand, the sea and the sun. I am staying there for threeweeks. There are many exciting things to do there.21. Amy is going to first for her winter vacation.A. AlaskaB. OttawaC. LiverpoolD. SanYa22. Jay is going to Europe to .A. visit his pen friendsB. go sightseeingC. visit his relatives(亲戚)D. enjoy the beaches23. Which of the following is NOT true?A. Li Hua thinks the best place is the beach in winter.B. Amy isn't going to take her vacation at home this winter.C. Jay’s pen friend Jackson in RomeD. Jay will be very free in his winter vacation.CYou may know the song Happy Birthday very well. But do you know about its writer? It was written by an American girl. And she became very rich after that.When she was a child, she was poor. Once, she was invited to her friend's birthday party. She was pleased (高兴的)but sad because she didn't have enough money to buy a gift for her.“The party is coming soon, but now I have little money.” Tears ran down her face.Later that night she was in bed, thinking about the gift when the door opened and her grandma came in.“ What happened? ” her grandma asked. Hearing the girl's story, she said, “Don't worry. I think I can help you. How about singing a song together? Happy birthday to…” What a beautiful song! They sang and sang. Suddenly she woke up. It was a dream! She decided to write it down at once and sing it to her friend at the party.When she sang the song at the party the next day, her friends were very happy. “How wonderfully you sing! I haven't heard such a beautiful song before. Thank you for giving me the special gift,” said her friend. And they learnt to sing it together. Later the girl became well-known(众所周知的) in America.24. The girl was sad because ________.A. she didn't have enough money to buy a giftB. she would be busy that dayC. she didn't want to go to the partyD. she wasn't invited to the party25. What gift did she give her friend?A. A flower.B. A toy.C. An interesting book.D. A song.26. Which of the following is TRUE?A. The girl was still poor after writing the song.B. The girl sang the song with her grandpa in her dream.C. The girl became famous because of the song.D. The girl's friends had heard the song before.DDo you want to be in good health? Try to do the following things! You can become stronger.Drink eight cups of water every day. Water helps your body in many ways. If you feel thirsty, just have a cup of water.Don't forget to eat your breakfast. Breakfast gives you everything your body needs for the morning, so do not forget your breakfast.Get enough calcium(钙). Your bones need it. Milk has more calcium. You may also drink soya milk.Go for a walk every day after meals. Walking is good exercise, and people need exercise for good health. It's better to walk after meals.Stretch for five minutes after sitting for one or two hours. Stretching your arms and legs is good for your body.Use your brain(大脑) every day. For example, you can do stand crossword puzzle or read a new book.Have a rest for about twenty minutes when you are tired. You may do something different to have a break. For example, stand up and walk. Or sit down to listen to music.27. How many things does this passage mention(提及) for you to do if you want to keep healthy?A. Five.B. Six.C. Seven.D. Eight.28. Which meal can give what your body needs for the morning?A. Breakfast.B. Lunch.C. Dessert (甜点).D. Dinner.29. What does th e underlined word “Stretch” mean in Chinese?A. 锻炼B. 跳跃C. 跑步D. 伸展30. Which of the following is True according to this passage?A. Reading a new book can improve our brain.B.We can only drink eight cups of water every day.C. We should stretch for fifteen minutes after two hours.D. Have a rest for about five minutes when you are tired. 第三节阅读填空根据短文内容,从短文后的方框中的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项.选项中有一项为多余选项.A man had two large pots(罐子). He used the two pots to take water from a river every day. One of the pots had a crack(裂缝) in it.___31___. The other pot was very good and the water never leaked(泄露). After the long walk from the river to the man’s house, the cracked pot was only half full.The good pot was very proud(自豪的). Because it helped the man take more water. And the poor cracked pot was sad.____32____ It went on for two years. Then one day, the poor pot spoke to the man, “ I am really sorry, and Iwant to apologize(道歉) to you.”“Why?” asked the man. “___33___”“For all the troubles I bring to you. In the past two years, I could only finish half of my work.___34___. These make me very sad, so I must say sorry to you, ” the pot said.The man smiled and said, “Don’t you see the beautiful flowers on our way home?___35___. So stop feeling sad, and be happy now.”A. What are you sorry for?B. Because it took only half of the water that it should take.C. I love these flowers very much.D. So the water often leaked from it on the way home.E. And because of the crack in me, you had to go to the river many times a day.F. W ithout the crack in you, they won’t be so beautiful.第Ⅱ卷(非选择题)注意事项:本卷共4页,用黑色或蓝色钢笔或圆珠笔直接答在试卷上.第三部分写第一节单词填空根据下列句子及所给单词的首字母写出所缺单词.36. I didn’t take an u________ so I got wet in the rain.37. Some children often surf the I_________ with the help of their parents.38. Don’t talk l________ in the hallway.39. There is a s ________ ,“Old habits die hard”.40. People in big cities often go to the countryside ,because the air there is f________.41. Nothing is difficult if you put your h________ into it.42. Jason was ill, so Mike took his p ______ to take part in the competition.43. At the b___________of the class, we sang a song.44. There are many trees on both s_________of the street.45. Eating dumplings on New Year's Evening is a t___________for us.第二节语法填空阅读下面短文,在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式.What will the future be like? Different people have different ideas.There will be a robot in every family. They will help with housework, so people will have more free time for their hobbies. For me ,it’s my dre am to be a _____46_____ (piano) like Lang Lang. I take the dream _____47_____ (serious). So I think a robot is good for me .Schools will be different ,too. Everything will be in the computer and students will not need to bring books to school. Some peopl e even think that in the near future ,children won’t go to school to study, they will study at home _____48_____ computers. That sounds so cool.In the future, cities will be more and more crowded and polluted. The environment will be in great danger. Scientists predict that in 100 years, people will live b____49____ on the earth and on the moon. Some people don’t think that’s possible. However ____50____ (hundred) of years ago, computers and rockets also ___51___ (seem) impossible.We never know what _____52_____ (happen) tomorrow. So if your friend ____53____(invite) you to the moon to have a party, don’t be surprised.In a word, life in the future will be much______54______ (good). Everyone is looking forward to ___55___ (have) a more comfortable life.56.第三节书面表达2020年已经悄悄地来临了,新年伊始,你有什么样的计划打算呢?制订新年计划,对于提高和完善自我有着重要的意义.请你以"My New Year's Resolutions"为题,从锻炼身体,人际关系,个人学习三个方面,谈谈你的新年决心.要求:1.要点全面,有适当拓展;2.书写工整,逻辑性强;3.不要出现真实的姓名和班级;4.字数在80词以上.(开头已经给出,不计入总词数)My New Year's ResolutionsNew Year is coming.I make some New Year's resolutions.答案与解析第Ⅰ卷(选择题)第一部分听力理解第一节听下面5段对话.每段对话后有一个小题,从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项.每段对话读两遍.1. What will the boy buy?A. Yogurt and sugar.B. Sugar and cheese.C. Yogurt and cheese.2. When will they have a math test?A. On the 12th.B. On the 13th.C. On the 14th.3. What will the girl do tomorrow morning?A. Make dumplings.B. Have a piano lesson.C. Prepare for a party.4. What will the girl take to the party?A. Chocolates.B. Cakes.C. Ice-cream.5. What does Mike want to be?A. A magician.B. A soccer player.C. A singer.第二节听下面5段对话或独白.每段对话或独白后有几个小题,从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项.每段对话或独白读两遍.听第6段材料,回答第6、7题.6. What can’t the robot do?A. Help with housework.B. Play with children.C. Dance like people.7. How much is the robot?A. $600.B. $360.C. $300.听第7段材料,回答第8至10题.8. Where is Eliza going tomorrow?A. To the beach.B. To the Great Wall.C. To Mount Huang.9. When will Eliza and Mr. Smith meet?A. At 6:00 a.m.B. At 7:00 a.m.C. At 8:00 a.m.10. What will Mr. Smith bring?A. Some food.B. Some warm clothes.C. Some water.听第8段材料,回答第11至13题.11. Where was the competition?A. At White Hall on Long Street.B. At Green Hall on Long Street.C. At Long Hall on Brown Street.12. When did the competition start?A. At 7:10.B. At 8:10.C. At 8:30.13. Who didn’t sing in the competition?A. Anna.B. Tim.C. Alan.听第9段材料,回答第14至16题.14. What time does “Top of the Pops” start?A. At 7:30.B. At 8:00.C. At 8:30.15. What is Andy King’s new C D called?A. “Famous and Great”.B. “Good and Bad”.C. “Love and Hate”.16. What color are Jenny Fay’s eyes?A. Blue.B. Green.C. Black.听第10段材料,回答第17至20题.17. Where does Sue work?A. In a library.B. In a university.C. In a primary school.18. What does Thomas want to be?A. A teacher.B. A doctor.C. An engineer.19. How often do Sue and John go to the dance club?A. Once a week.B. Twice a week.C. Three times a week.20. Where are Sue and John going to perform next month?A. In the UK.B. In Germany.C. In Italy.第二部分读第一节完形填空先通读下列短文,弄懂大意,然后从各题所给的A,B,C,D四个选项中,选出能填入空白处的最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.ADear Sally ,I will have a ___1___ for my 13th birthday. Can you come ?It will be a wonderful party. You can listen to some pop music and you will also see a big birthday cake. I think it's ___2___ bigger than your backpack. It is as big as a desk. Have you ever seen a cake like this one ?It will be a special party ,too. It's also a ball (舞会).You can dance to nice music, ___3___ you'll have to bring a partner (舞伴).The party begins at 7:00p.m. ___4___ Friday. Welcome to my house. You will enjoy ____5____!Don't forget to bring your partner !Love , Harry1. A. gift B. cake C. party D. friend2. A. as B. like C. much D. very3. A. although B. but C. because D. so4. A. at B. in C. on D. with5. A. yourself.B. yourC. yoursD. you【答案】1. C 2. C 3. D 4. C 5. A 【解析】短文大意:本文是Harry 写给Sally 的生日聚会邀请信,描述了自己即将举行的13岁生日派对的情况. 【1题详解】句意:我将为我的13岁生日开个派对.gift 礼物;cake 蛋糕;party 聚会;friend 朋友.根据“for my 13th birthday 为我的13岁生日”可知是开派对,故选C . 【2题详解】句意:我想它比你的背包大得多.as 如同;like 像;much 更加;very 非常.bigger 更大的,形容词比较级需用much 修饰;根据句意结构,故选C . 【3题详解】句意:你可以随着优美的音乐跳舞,所以你得带个舞伴.although 尽管,表让步;but 但是,表转折;because 因为,表原因(前果后因);so 所以,表结果(前因后果).根据上文“You can dance to nice music 你可以随着优美的音乐跳舞”可知前后是因果关系,so 符合句意,故选D . 【4题详解】句意:聚会晚上7点开始.at表示时间的某一点、某一时刻或年龄;in泛指一般意义的上午、下午或晚上以及月或年等较长的时间;on 表示星期几或某一特定的日期;with和,表伴随.根据“Friday”可知选C.【5题详解】句意:你会玩得很开心的!yourself你自己;your你的,形容词性物主代词;yours你的,名词性物主代词;you你.enjoy oneself玩得开心,固定搭配;根据句意结构,故选A.BFrank is my good friend. He comes from America. His father works in Beijing and his family come to____6____too. The boy is studying in our school. He’s only twelve, but he’s ___7___ than any other boy. So he sits in the sixth row(排). Frank’s father has a car, ___8___ Frank comes to school by bus or by bike. Sometimes he____9____here, he thinks it’s good for his health. He likes playing basketball. So he’s very ____10____. Frank can ____11____ English and French. And he knows a little Chinese, too. He often helps Miss Liu to ____12____ us English. After class we often talk in English or in Chinese. He tells us something about his country. It’s Mid-Autumn Day today. I ask the American boy to my home ____13____ dinner. My parents give him a lot of moon cakes. He likes ____14____ very much and eats a lot. He says the moon-cakes are very ____15____, so we give him some and ask him to take them to his parents before he leaves.6. A. Canada B. America C. England D. China7. A. tall B. taller C. tallest D. shorter8. A. but B. and C. so D. because9. A. eats B. sits C. runs D. stands10. A. strong B. the stronger C. stronger D. the strongest11. A. say B. speak C. read D. write12. A. ask B. make C. teach D. tell13. A. in B. at C. of D. for14. A. it B. them C. its D. their15. A. bad B. delicious C. big D. round【答案】6. D 7. B 8. A 9. C 10. A 11. B 12. C 13. D 14. B 15. B【解析】【分析】短文大意:本文是一篇记叙文,作者介绍了好朋友弗兰克在中国的基本情况和父母的有关信息,表现了弗兰克对中国的喜爱.句意:他的父亲在北京工作,他的家人也来了中国.Canada加拿大;America美国;England英格兰;China中国.根据上文“His father works in Beijing他的父亲在北京工作”可知家人也来了中国,故选D.【7题详解】句意:他只有十二岁,但他比其他任何男孩都高.tall高的;taller更高的;tallest最高的;shorter更矮的.than比,用于比较级;根据下文“So he sits in the sixth row所以他坐在第六排”可知弗兰克比其他任何男孩都高,故选B.【8题详解】句意:弗兰克的父亲有一辆小汽车,但弗兰克是乘公共汽车或骑自行车来上学的.but但是,表转折;and和,表并列;so所以,表结果;because因为,表原因.根据上下文可知,本句前后是转折关系,故选A.【9题详解】句意:他有时跑到这里,他认为这对他的健康有好处.eat吃;sit坐;run跑;stand站.根据下文“he thinks it’s good for his health他认为这对他的健康有好处”可知他有时跑去学校,故选C.【10题详解】句意:所以他很强壮.strong强壮的;the stronger表达错误,the不修饰比较级;stronger强壮的;the strongest最强壮的.very非常,副词修饰形容词,不修饰比较级和最高级;根据句意语法,故选A.【11题详解】句意:弗兰克会说英语和法语.say说(话);speak说(语言);read读;write写.根据“English and French”可知他会说英语和法语,选B. 【12题详解】句意:他经常帮助刘老师教我们英语.ask问;make制作;teach教;tell告诉.根据上文“He often helps Miss Liu他经常帮助刘老师”可知是教我们英语,故选C.【13题详解】句意:我请那个美国男孩到我家吃晚饭.in在……里面,表地点;at在,表地点或时刻;of……的,表所属;for和三餐名词连用表示“吃某顿饭”.for dinner晚餐,根据句意语境,故选D.句意:他非常喜欢它们(指月饼),吃了很多.it它;them它们,宾格;its它的,名词性物主代词;their他们的,形容词性物主代词.根据上文“My parents give him a lot of moon cakes. 我的父母给了他很多月饼”可知喜欢moon cakes,需用them代替,故选B. 【15题详解】句意:他说月饼很好吃,所以我们给了他一些.bad糟糕的;delicious美味的;big大的;round圆环的.根据下文“and ask him to take them to his parents before he leaves让他在离开之前把月饼带给他的父母”可知月饼很好吃,故选B.【点睛】完形填空.主要题型有(1)考查词义辨析:名词辨析,形容词副词辨析,冠词辨析,介词连词辨析等;(2)考查句子时态,语态,要根据语境,选择正确的时态和语态的选项;(3)考查从句(宾语从句,定语从句,主语从句等);(4)根据固定句型或短语结合语境选择正确的选项.本题主要考查单词或短语辨析,做此类型题时,要知道每一个词的意义,然后结合上下文背景语境,选择适合语境的选项.例如小题1,四个选项都是名词,考查名词辨析:Canada加拿大;America美国;England英格兰;China中国.根据上文“His father works in Beijing他的父亲在北京工作”可知家人也来了中国,故选D.第二节阅读理解阅读下列短文,从每题所给的A,B,C,D四个选项中,选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.AProgram Time & Introduction(简介)Master Class 9:08p.m., Saturday Four famous singers, Yang Yuying, Han Lei, Cao Ge and Lin Zhixuan, teach children aged 6-13 to sing.Keep Running 9:10p.m., Friday Some famous actors or singers run in buildings. They need to find someone or do something to win the race.Raid the Cage 9:20p.m.,Tuesday In the program,one person answers questions and the other one tries to get as many prizes as possible in limited(有限的)time. The host is Peng Yu.Dad Came Back Season Ⅱ8:20p.m., Saturday Five dads are left to look after their kids for 48 hours when moms leave home. You can see the actor Jia Nailiang and his daughter Tianxin, and the sport player, Li Xiaopeng and his daughter Olivia in the program.16. What program may a ten--year--old boy want to watch if he likes singing?A. Master ClassB. Keep Running.C. Raid the Cage.D. Dad Came Back Season Ⅱ17. What time can you watch Keep Running on Friday?A. At 8:20 p.m.B. At 9:08 p.m.C. At 9:15 p.m.D. At 9:10 a.m.18. Who can you see in Dad Came Back SeasonⅡ?A. Deng Y u.B. Han Lei.C. Lin Zhixuan.D. Jia Nailiang.19. What can you learn from the information above(上述)?A. The children in Master Class are between 6 and 10.B. Lin Zhixuan is good at singing.C. You can watch Raid the Cage at 8:20 p.m on Tuesday.D. There are four dads in Dad Came Back SeasonⅡ20. What is the table(表格) above about?A. Famous people.B. News.C. Games.D. Programs【答案】16. A 17. C 18. D 19. B 20. D【解析】【分析】短文大意:本文以表格形式介绍了一些节目的播出时间及简介.【16题详解】题意:如果一个十岁的男孩喜欢唱歌,他会想看什么节目?考查细节理解.根据对第一则Master Class的介绍“teach children aged 6-13 to sing教6-13岁的孩子们唱歌”可知选A.17题详解】题意:星期五你什么时候可以看Keep Running?考查细节理解.A. 晚上8点20分.B. 晚上9点08分.C. 晚上9点15分.D. 上午9点10分.根据对Keep Running 的介绍“9:10 p.m.晚上九点十分”可知选C.【18题详解】题意:在Dad Came Back Season Ⅱ中你能看到谁?考查细节理解.根据对Dad Came Back Season Ⅱ的介绍“You can see the actor Jia Nailiang and his daughter Tianxin, and the sport player, Li Xiaopeng and his daughter Olivia in the program在节目中,你可以看到演员贾乃亮和他的女儿田欣,运动员李小鹏和他的女儿奥利维亚”可知选D.【19题详解】题意:你能从上面的信息中了解到什么?考查细节判断.A. Master Class的孩子们年龄在6到10岁之间;根据第一则“teach children aged 6-13 to sing”可知说法错误.B. 林志轩擅长唱歌;根据第一则“Four famous singers, Yang Yuying, Han Lei, Cao Ge and Lin Zhixuan”可知说法正确.C. 你可以在周二晚上8点20分观看Raid the Cage;根据第三则“9:20p.m.,Tuesday In the program”可知说法错误.D. 在Dad Came Back Season Ⅱ中有四个爸爸;根据最后一则“Five dads are left to look after their kids for 48 hours”可知说法错误.综合以上分析,故选B.【20题详解】题意:上面的表格是关于什么的?考查主旨理解.Famous people名人;News新闻;Games游戏;Programs 节目.根据开头“Program Time & Introduction”可知介绍的是一些节目的播出时间及简介,故选D.【点睛】本文是广告类阅读,介绍了一些节目的播出时间及简介,难度较小,各个小题都能在文中找到适当依据.只要认真阅读短文,注意前后联系,就能顺利完成阅读.文章所设试题主要考查细节理解和判断,做题关键是找出原文的根据,认真核查小题和原文的异同.例如小题2,问星期五的什么时候可以看Keep Running,考查细节理解.A. 晚上8点20分.B. 晚上9点08分.C. 晚上9点15分.D. 上午9点10分.根据对Keep Running 的介绍“9:10 p.m.晚上九点十分”可知选C.BAmy: I like to take my vacations at home. But this winter, I wantto do something different. I'm going sightseeing(观光游). Nextweek I am leaving for Ottawa. I'll stay there for two weeks. ThenI'm going to Alaska. I'm going to take many photos there. I can'twait any longer.Jay: This winter vacation is coming. I'll be very busy. I'm going toEurope to visit my cousins in Liverpool and my aunts in Naples. Iplan to go to Rome, because I want to meet pen friend Jacksonthere.Li Hua: I think the best place for a winter vacation is the beach.I'm going to SanYa on January 18th. It has fantastic beaches and Ilike the sand, the sea and the sun. I am staying there for threeweeks. There are many exciting things to do there.21. Amy is going to first for her winter vacation.A. AlaskaB. OttawaC. LiverpoolD. SanYa22. Jay is going to Europe to .A. visit his pen friendsB. go sightseeingC. visit his relatives(亲戚)D. enjoy the beaches23. Which of the following is NOT true?A. Li Hua thinks the best place is the beach in winter.B. Amy isn't going to take her vacation at home this winter.C. Jay’s pen friend Jackson in RomeD. Jay will be very free in his winter vacation.【答案】21. B 22. C 23. D【解析】短文大意:短文介绍了艾米、杰伊和李华三人的假期计划.【21题详解】题意:艾米打算先去渥太华度寒假.考查细节理解.根据艾米的叙述“Next week I am leaving for Ottawa下周我要去渥太华”可知选B.【22题详解】题意:杰伊要去欧洲看望他的亲戚.考查细节理解.visit his pen friends拜访笔友;go sightseeing去观光;visit his relatives拜访亲戚;enjoy the beaches享受海滩.根据杰伊的叙述“I'm going to Europe to visit my cousins in Liverpool and my aunts in Naples我要去欧洲看望我在利物浦的表兄妹和在那不勒斯的姑姑”可知他去欧洲看亲戚,故选C.【23题详解】题意:下列哪一项是不正确的?考查细节理解.根据“This winter vacation is coming. I'll be very busy这个寒假就要到了.我会很忙的”,可知“Jay will be very free in his winter vacation杰在他的寒假里会很空闲”说法错误,故选D.CYou may know the song Happy Birthday very well. But do you know about its writer? It was written by an American girl. And she became very rich after that.When she was a child, she was poor. Once, she was invited to her friend's birthday party. She was pleased (高兴的)but sad because she didn't have enough money to buy a gift for her.“The party is coming soon, but now I have little money.” Tears ran down her face.Later that night she was in bed, thinking about the gift when the door opened and her grandma came in.“ What happened? ” her grandma asked. Hearing the girl's story, she said, “Don't worry. I think I can help you. How about singing a song together? Happy birthday to…” What a beautiful song! They sang and sang. Suddenly she woke up. It was a dream! She decided to write it down at once and sing it to her friend at the party.When she sang the song at the party the next day, her friends were very happy. “How wonderfully you sing! I haven't heard such a beautiful song before. Thank you for giving me the special gift,” said her friend. And they learnt to sing it together. Later the girl became well-known(众所周知的) in America.24. The girl was sad because ________.A. she didn't have enough money to buy a giftB. she would be busy that dayC. she didn't want to go to the partyD. she wasn't invited to the party25. What gift did she give her friend?A.A flower.B. A toy.C. An interesting book.D. A song. 26. Which of the following is TRUE? A The girl was still poor after writing the song. B. The girl sang the song with her grandpa in her dream.C. The girl became famous because of the song.D. The girl's friends had heard the song before.【答案】24. A 25. D 26. C【解析】短文大意:短文介绍了小女孩创作《生日快乐》歌的故事.【24题详解】题意:女孩很伤心,因为她没有足够的钱买礼物.考查细节判断.根据第二段“but sad because she didn't have。
人教版八年级英语上册期末水平检测卷含答案
人教版八年级英语上册期末水平检测卷第一部分 选择题(共50分)一、阅读理解(共20小题,每小题2分;满分40分)第一节 阅读下面语言材料,从每题所给的A 、B 、C 、D 四个选项中选出最佳选项。
AHow to Keep Your Teeth Healthy and StrongBright smiles are important . When you greet others with a big, healthy smile, other people will smile back at you . Here are three tips on how to have healthy teeth .Tip 1 Keep Your Teeth CleanTip 2 Eat a Healthy Diet* Cut down sugar intake(摄入量).* Drink more water .* Eat more fresh fruit and vegetables .* Stay away from drinks that may stain your teeth .The following drinks can make teeth yellow: teaand coffee .Tip 3 Visit the Dentist *Go to a dentist if you are having problems with your teeth . *Get a tooth exam every six months . For more information, please1. Which of the following ways are mentioned(提到) in Tip 1?a . stop smokingb . use mouthwashc . eat less sugard . scrape your tongueA . abcB . abdC . acdD . bcd 2. The underlined word “stain” has the closest meaning to “____”.A . digB . loseC. shakeD. color3. According to the passage, we should have a tooth exam ____.A. twice a monthB. six times a monthC. twice a yearD. every two years4. Where can we probably find this passage?A. On the Internet.B. In the newspaper.C. In the magazine.D. On TV.BIt was Friday evening. Tony didn't look happy. “Tony, what's wrong?” asked Mrs. Green.Tony said, “Tom will have a tennis game next Tuesday. He asked me to play tennis with him on Saturday. Bob's birthday is next Monday. He asked me to clean his house with him on Sunday. So, I don't have much time for my homework. ” “Dear, I'm happy you like to help your friends, but you need to have time for yourself,” Mrs. Green said. “But they are my friends. I can't say no to them,” Tony said. Mrs. Green said, “I think you can tell Tom that you can play tennis with him on Saturday morning. Then you can help Bob with the cleaning in the afternoon. ” “Mom, will they be unhappy?” Tony asked. “No, dear. They are your friends. They will understand,” his mother said.Then, Tony called his friends. After that, he was happy. “Mom, thank you. They said yes. I will have a great weekend,” Tony said.This taught Tony a lot. He knows friends are important and that he himself is important, too. True friends can always understand each other.5. What is the correct order of the following?①Tony called his friends. ②Tony's friends asked him for help.③Tony didn't look happy. ④Mrs. Green told Tony what to do.A. ③④②①B. ②③④①C. ②③①④D. ④③②①6. According to the passage, we can infer(推断) Tony will ____ on Sunday.7. Which word can describe Tony's mother?A. Kind.B. Wise.C. Brave.D. Friendly.8. What's the best title(标题)for the passage?A. A Funny WeekendB. A Good FriendC. A Busy MotherD. A Useful LessonCMaking invisible ink(隐形墨水)is a lot of fun. All you need is some common objects.What you'll need:●Half a lemon●Water●A spoon●A bowl●White paper●A cotton bud●A light bulbInstructions:1. Squeeze(挤)some lemon juice into the bowl and add a few drops of water.2. Mix the water and lemon juice with the spoon.3. Put the cotton bud into the mixture(混合液)and write a message onto the white paper.4. Wait for the juice to dry so it becomes completely invisible.5. When you are ready to read your secret message or show it to someone else, heat the paper by holding it close to the light bulb.What's happening?Lemon juice turns brown when heated. Putting some water in the lemon juice makes it very hard to notice when you put it on the paper. Other things which work in the same way include orange juice, honey, milk, onion juice and even more.9. What is the cotton bud for?A. To squeeze the lemon.B. To add some water.C. To mix the water and the juice.D. To write something.10. How can you make the secret message appear?A. By putting it into water.B. By reading it aloud.C. By heating the paper.D. By holding it high.11. Which works in the same way as lemon juice?A. Milk.B. Water.C. Spoons.D. Bowls.12. Which shows the correct order of the information in this passage?A. Materials→Steps→The reasonB. The reason→Steps→MaterialsC. Materials→The reason→StepsD. Steps→Materials→The reasonDAnimals are important to us and they are our friends. But some of them are in great danger now. What can we do to help save them?Don't eat meat from wild (野生的) animals. Some of us like to eat meat. But do you know some meat comes from endangered (濒危的) animals? To save these animals, we must give up (放弃) eating their meat.Don't wear clothes made of fur (毛皮). Sometimes people kill animals for fur. If we stop buying clothes made of fur, people will not kill animals. Everyone should remember this.Save the environment. Many wild animals are in great danger because they are losing their homes. People need more houses, so they cut down more and more trees. They also make air and water dirty.Give money to Animal Helpers. The group does everything to help save animals. But it often needs money. So save some money and give it to the group to help animals in danger. Or you can just join them to help save endangered animals.Tell people that it's important to save animals. Not all people know animals are our friends and that we must save them. So you can do something to tell more people to save animals.13. Why do some people kill animals according to the text?A. Because they want more trees.B. Because they want clean environment.C. Because they don't like animals.D. Because they sell the fur for money.14. The underlined word “this” refers to ____.A. saving moneyB. killing animalsC. not eating meatD. not buying clothes made of fur15. What can we know from the text?A. All the animals are in danger.B. People should wear clothes made of fur.C. Animal Helpers can help to save the endangered animals.D. All the people know animals are our friends.16. How is the text organized? (①=Paragraph 1,②=Paragraph 2,…)第二节阅读短文,从方框内所给的选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项,其中有一个多余的选项。
最新人教版英语八年级上学期《期末检测卷》含答案
人教版英语八年级上学期期末测试卷一、单项选择.1.Can you give me advice on driving a car.A. aB. anC. anyD. some2.I have money but friends than you.A. more, moreB. less, moreC. fewer, moreD. more, less3.We to the Children park if it is sunny this Sunday.A. wentB. goC. goingD. will go4.--- do you go for a trip with your family? ---Once a week.A. How soon B. How far C. How long D. How often5. important for everyone to have a healthy lifestyle. A. It’s B. He’s C. That’s D. They’re6.The room is dark. Please the lights. A. turn on B. turn off C. turn down D. turn up7.They will lose the game _______ they try their best. A. unless B. once C. since D. after8.Lin Shuhao is ________ famous ________ all the basketball fans in China knows him. A. too, to B. enough, to C. so, that D. as, as9.He did not write , though he had . A. careful enough; enough time B. carefully enough; enough time C. enough careful; enough time D. enough careless; time enough 10. Of all the clothes stores, you can buy clothes _________in Dream Clothes. A. cheapest B. cheaply C. the most cheaply D. more cheaper11.Those people play a role in the winner.A. decideB. decidedC. decidingD. to decide12.He had this morning.A. three slice of breadsB. three breadC. three breadsD. three slices of bread13.Wait a moment,I have to tell you. A. interesting something B. something interestingC. anything interestingD. interesting anything14.If you me,please put up your right hand.A. agree withB. agree toC. agreeD. agrees15.—What do you think of sleeping outdoor at night?—__________ I like it.A. That sounds terrible.B. It’s awful.C. It sounds boring.D. Good idea.16.I hear students went to the hall to have the concert.A. two hundredB. two hundredsC. hundred ofD. hundred17.Children usually enjoy computer games.A. playB. playsC. playingD. played18.We must work hard.There an important exam next month.A. will haveB. is going to haveC. will beD. has19. The scientists in China are trying __________ the ways to reduce the fog and haze (减少雾霾).A. look forB. to look forC. to find outD. find out20.--Can you stay here longer?-- ,but I have to prepare for my exam.A. I’d love toB. I’m afraid notC. I’m sorry,I can’tD. No,I’m not available二、完形填空.We can use robots in many different places now, but robots don’t have a ___21___history. We usually see robotsin the films.The robots in these ___22___ are stronger, faster and clever than people. In real life, people ___23___ robots in factories most of time.Robots can do many dangerous, difficult or boring jobs for ___24___.Some people can’t look after themselves but robots can help them in everyday ___25___.For example, some blind people use dogs to help themselves ___26___ around.These dogs are guide dogs.And now scientists are making a robot to ___27___ these people. In the future, robot dogs may take the place of these ___28___.And these robot dogs can help blind people to do many other useful things.People also use robots in some American ___29___.At one hospital, a robot takes meals from the kitchen to sick people’s rooms. It never ___30___ its way because it has a map of the hospital in its computer system(系统).In the future, robots will work in many different ways.But robots will never take the place of human.21. A. short B. old C. young D. long22. A. films B. books C. stories D. jobs23. A. make B. take C. use D. do24. A. animals B. people C. machines D. teachers25. A. work B. study C. life D. way26. A. walk B. stand C. sit D. stop27. A. show B. tell C. see D. help28. A. people B. guide dogs C. machines D. children29. A. schools B. factories C. hospitals D. companies30. A. finds B. loses C. comes D. goes三、阅读理解.A篇Life in BritainHomes and familiesMany British people live in Houses, not apartments. Most houses have gardens.Daily lifeMost office workers start work at about nine in the morning, and finish at about five or six in the afternoon. Most peopl e don’t go home for lunch, and they just have a quick meal.School lifeChildren start school at about nine am, and finish at about three thirty pm. Most children have lunch at school. All children go to school when they are four or five years old, and leave when they are sixteen or seventeen.ShopsMost shops open at about nine am and close at about six pm. Usually, they don’t close for lunch.31. Many British people live in _______ .A. apartmentsB. parksC. housesD. gardens32. Most offices start work at about ______ in the morning.A. tenB. nineC. eightD. seven33. Most office workers and school children don’t have lunch _____ .A. in the gardenB. in the shopC. at homeD. at school34. The children in Britain usually study at school for_____ .A. sixteen or seventeen yearsB. twelve or thirteen yearsC.four or five yearsD. four years 35. Can you buy things in the shops at lunch time? A. No. They close for lunch. B. Yes. But there is no people in the shop. C. No. Shops open at 1pm. D. Yes. They do n’t close for lunch.B篇Dear Kitty, I am sorry that I did not write to you earlier because I was very busy. I was helping with a charity show to raise(筹集)money for Project Green Hope.(绿色希望工程)A lot of work needed to be finished, so I did not have much free time.I felt very happy when I was chosen to(被选为)be the host. It was exciting,but I was also very nervous. I know that lots of people would come to the show and many pop stars would come, too. My job was to introduce each star and I also had many other duties.We practiced a lot before the show. I had to remember to look at the right camera at the right time. At first, I thought I would never be able to remember all the words.Slowly,everything became easier.The big day came very quickly, and I was so excited. Twenty minutes before the big event, we opened the doors and many people came into the theatre to watch the show. The fans of the pop stars were making a lot of noise, so I had tospeak loudly.30,000 dollars has been given to Project Green Hope. I hope more events like this will be organized to raise money for charities and I think more people should be invited to take part in them.See you soon.Best wishes!Ricky36. What was Ricky doing these days?A. Helping to raise money.B. Writing the letters.C.Watching the show.D. Inviting the pop stars. 37. How did he feel when he was chosen to be the host? A. Nervous. B. Happy. C. Both nervous and happy. D. Neither nervous nor happy. 38. Which statements is NOT true according to the letter? A. Many pop stars would come. B. They practiced a lot before the show. C. Ricky had to speak loudly because of the noise. D. The door was open thirty minutes earlier before the event. 39. What does the underlined word charity mean? A. 慈善 B. 招待 C. 明星 D. 服务40. How much has been given to Project Green Hope? A. 3,000 dollars B. 30,000 dollars C. 3,000 pounds D. 30,000 pounds C篇Can we live without salt?No, salt is very important to us, we need salt in our food. Animals need it, too.Most of the salt in our country comes from the sea. People dig very big pools and let sea water in. When the sun dries up the water, people can get salt from the ground. The salt is white, clean and beautiful.There are a lot of salt wells in Sichuan.A salt well in much like a waterwell.People bring the well water up to the ground and then dry it in big jars over fire. In this way, they get salt.We can also get salt from salt mines(矿).A salt mine may be found underthe ground.Some years ago,people in Jiangxi found a big salt mine and soon opened it.People there don't need salt from other places any more.In the northwest of our country, there are many salt lakes. Some of theselakes are very big. The salt even in one big lake will be enough for ourpeople for centuries.41. We can’t live without salt,so .A. we need it,tooB. it’s very important to usC. animals need it,tooD. there is salt in all our food42. We get most of the salt from _____.A. salt lakesB. salt waterC. salt wellsD. salt mines43. Not long ago, a big salt mine was found and opened _____.A. in SichuanB. in JiangxiC. in the northwestD. beside these44. The best title for this article is _____.A. SaltB. Why We Need SaltC. Salt Is ImportantD. We Need Salt45.What does the underlined word wells mean? A. 身体好的 B. 咸味的 C. 田野 D. 井四、任务型阅读. In North America,people are always in a hurry.Children have special lessons or many sports activities afterschool.Paren ts often work late and don’t get home until 7 or 8 o’clock at night.More than 50% of women havefull-time jobs.And many people do part-time jobs.When a family want to eat a meal together,often (A)there isn’t enough time to prepare the food.That is why fast food is so popular in North America.(B)People spend about 40% of their money buying fast food.Fast food is the food (C) pizza,sandwiches and fried chicken.People can buy fast food from a restaurant chain like Pizza Hut,McDonald's and KFC.(D)Fast food saves work and time,but it's usually junk food.Fast food is popular in many countries,America fast food companies now have restaurants all over the world.But not everyone is happy about the spread of North American fast food.Some people in Italy want to fight against it.(E)They don't want any more fast food chains to open in their country.They also want to fight against the spread of fast food around the world.46. 将文中(A)处划线部分改写为:A family are usually ______ busy ______ prepare the food.47. 把(B)处翻译成汉语.___________________________.48. 把(D)处翻译成汉语.___________________________.49. 在(C)处空白处填入适当的词组___________________________.50. 文中划线部分(E)处指代的是____________________________.词语运用.根据所给内容及提示,填入单词的正确形式.51. I really don’t know which dictionary to c______(选择).52. One very f______(著名的)symbol in American culture is a cartoon.53. All these shows have one thing in c______(共同,相同).54. One of the students in our class ______(fall)into the river yesterday.55. If you want ______(many)information about the trip,please call us at 291-13542.六、基础写作连词成句将所给词连成完整,正确的句子.(词语不得重复,符合语法,注意词形变化)56. bigger, their, than, our, school, is, school____________________________________________________________57. to, teacher, us, very, our, friendly, is____________________________________________________________58. for, what, breakfast, have, did, you___________________________________________________________?59. Lucy, Lily, there, difference, are, and, between, some____________________________________________________________60. basketball, there’s, game, going, be, a, tomorrow, to____________________________________________________________61.书面表达7岁的小Tom总喜欢说:如果有钱了街买点好吃的;如果今晚没有作业就玩游戏;如果有时间就去动物园;如果…….叔叔问他未来的打算,他也总是说:如果……,就……;如果……,就…….请根据以上信息,展开想象,写一篇短文.60个词左右.答案与解析一、单项选择.1.Can you give me advice on driving a car.A. aB. anC. anyD. some【答案】D【解析】句意:你能给我一些关于开车的建议吗?advice 是不可数名词,所以不能用a和an来修饰;当想得到肯定回答的疑问句时,some用于疑问句中,故选D点睛:不定冠词的用法1.用于可数名词的单数形式前,指人或事物的某一类.2.指某人或某物,但不具体说明.3.表示“一”这个量词.4.用于某些固定词组中,例如:a few.定冠词的用法1.特指某人或某物.2.指双方都知道的人或物.3.指上文提到过的人或物.4.用于世界上独一无二的事物前,例如:the moon.5.用于序数词和最高级前.2.I have money but friends than you.A. more, moreB. less, moreC. fewer, moreD. more, less【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:我的钱比你少,但是朋友比你多.few修饰可数名词,money是不可数名词,不能用fewer 修饰,排除C;friends是可数名词,不能用less修饰,排除D;.因为but表示句意转折,A选项不符合题意,故选B.3.We to the Children park if it is sunny this Sunday.A. wentB. goC. goingD. will go【答案】D【解析】试题分析:如果这个周日晴天,我们将会去儿童公园.在if条件句中,用一般现在时表示将来.但主句要用将来时,故选D.考点:考查一般将来时.4.--- do you go for a trip with your family?---Once a week.A. How soonB. How farC. How longD. How often【答案】D【解析】试题分析:--你多久和你的家人旅行一次?--一周一次.A.How soon多久之后,再过多久,主要用来对表示将来的一段时间(如:in an hour, in two weeks 等)提问;B.How far 多远,对距离的提问;C.How long 多长.对时间、长度的提问;D.How often每隔多久,主要用来对频度副词或状语,故选D.考点:考查疑问词辨析.5. important for everyone to have a healthy lifestyle.A. It’sB. He’sC. That’sD. They’re【答案】A【解析】试题分析:句意:对每个人来说,有一个健康的生活方式是很重要的.it 形式主语,真正的主语是后面的to do 不定式,根据题意选A.考点:考查固定句型.6.The room is dark. Please the lights.A. turn onB. turn offC. turn downD. turn up【答案】A【解析】试题分析:句意:这个房间很暗.请开开灯. A. turn on 打开;B. turn off 关掉;C. turn down 调小;D. turn up 出现,调大.根据题意选A.考点:考查动词短语辨析.7.They will lose the game _______ they try their best.A. unlessB. onceC. sinceD. after【答案】A【解析】【详解】试题分析:句意:他们会输掉比赛的,除非他们尽自己最大的努力.lose the game 输掉比赛,try one’s best 尽最大的努力. A. unless 除非;B. once 一次;C. since 因为;D. after 在…之后,根据题意可知此句是unless引导的条件状语从句,故选A.8.Lin Shuhao is ________ famous ________ all the basketball fans in China knows him.A. too, toB. enough, toC. so, thatD. as, as【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:林书豪如此出名以至于在中国所有的篮球迷都知道他.考查连词用法.too+形容词或副词+to do sth.:太……而不能;enough+形容词/副词+to do sth.:足够……以至于……;so+形容词/副词+that+句子:如此……以至于……;as…as:与……一样…….故选C.9.He did not write , though he had .A. careful enough; enough timeB. carefully enough; enough timeC. enough careful; enough timeD. enough careless; time enough【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:他写得不够仔细,虽然他有足够的时间.本题考查副词短语、名词短语.enough可做形容词修饰名词,置于名词前;enough作副词修饰形容词或副词,放在所修饰词之后.根据句意“足够地仔细”副词短语,carefully enough;“有足够的时间”have enough time;故选B.【点睛】作答时注意:enough 可当形容词修饰名词,置于名词前“enough+名词;也可当副词修饰形容词或副词,置形容词或副词之后“形容词/副词+enough”.,10. Of all the clothes stores, you can buy clothes _________in Dream Clothes.A. cheapestB. cheaplyC. the most cheaplyD. more cheaper【答案】C【解析】试题分析:句意:在所有的服装店中,你可以在梦幻服装店买到最便宜的服装.本题考查副词的最高级的用法.根据副词cheaply是多音节的形容词,故最高级借助most来构成.结合语境可知选C.考点:考查副词的最高级.11.Those people play a role in the winner.A. decideB. decidedC. decidingD. to decide【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:那些人在决定获胜者中起作用考查固定搭配,play a role in在---中起作用,in是介词,所以后面用doing;故选C.12.He had this morning.A. three slice of breadsB. three breadC. three breadsD. three slices of bread【答案】D【解析】句意:今天早晨他吃了三片面包.slice 片,可数名词,bread 面包,不可数名词;故选D点睛:名词有可数名词和不可数名词,可数名词有单数和复数.可数名词的复数形式的构成:1. 一般情况直接加s,例如:book-books;2. 以s,x,sh,ch结尾的单词加es,例如:bus-buses;3. 以辅音字母加y结尾的单词,把y变成i加es,例如:factory-factories;4. 以f/fe结尾的单词变成v再加es,例如:thief-thieves;还有一些不规则变化,例如:man-men,child-childen13.Wait a moment,I have to tell you.A. interesting somethingB. something interestingC. anything interestingD. interesting anything【答案】B【解析】句意:等一下,我有一些有趣的事情告诉你.形容词修饰不定代词,放在不定代词的后面;something用于肯定句中,anything用于否定句和疑问句中;故选B14.If you me,please put up your right hand.A. agree withB. agree toC. agreeD. agrees【答案】A【解析】句意:如果你同意我的意见,请举起你的右手.agree with sb同意某人;故选A15.—What do you think of sleeping outdoor at night?—__________ I like it.A. That sounds terrible.B. It’s awful.C. It sounds boring.D. Good idea.【答案】D【解析】句意:——你认为今天晚上在户外睡觉怎么样?——好主意,我喜欢它.A. That sounds terrible. 那听起来很糟糕; B. It’s awful. 它是可怕的; C. It sounds boring. 它听起来很无聊; D. Good idea.好主意;根据句意故选D16.I hear students went to the hall to have the concert.A. two hundredB. two hundredsC. hundred ofD. hundred【答案】A【解析】句意:我听说两百个学生去大厅听音乐会.hundred 前面有数词时,不加s;当后面有of时,要加s;故选A17.Children usually enjoy computer games.A. playB. playsC. playingD. played【答案】C【解析】【分析】句意:孩子们通常喜欢玩电脑游戏. enjoy doing sth喜欢做某事;故选C.【详解】请此输入详解!18.We must work hard.There an important exam next month.A. will haveB. is going to haveC. will beD. has【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:我们必须努力学习,下个月将有一场重要的考试.there be的将来时态的结构是there will be 或者there is/are going to be ;故选C.19. The scientists in China are trying __________ the ways to reduce the fog and haze (减少雾霾).A. look forB. to look forC. to find outD. find out【答案】C【解析】【分析】【详解】句意:在中国的科学家们正在尽力去找到减少雾霾的方法.考查动词短语.look for寻找,表示动作和过程;find out查出,表示找出结果.本句侧重体现找到的结果.同时考查固定短语try to do sth.尽力做某事.故选C.20.--Can you stay here longer?-- ,but I have to prepare for my exam.A. I’d love toB. I’m afraid notC. I’m sorry,I can’tD. No,I’m not available【答案】A【解析】【分析】【详解】句意:你能在这儿再待会儿吗?我非常乐意,但我必须准备考试.A. I’d love to. 非常愿意; B. I’m afraid not. 恐怕不能;C. I’m sorry, I can’t. 对不起我不能;D. No. I’m not available不,我没有空,根据句意此题应选A.二、完形填空.We can use robots in many different places now, but robots don’t have a ___21___history. We usually see robots in the films.The robots in these ___22___ are stronger, faster and clever than people. In real life, people ___23___ robots in factories most of time.Robots can do many dangerous, difficult or boring jobs for ___24___.Some people can’t look after themselves but robots can help them in everyday ___25___.For example, some blind people use dogs to help themselves ___26___ around.These dogs are guide dogs.And now scientists are making a robot to ___27___ these people. In the future, robot dogs may take the place of these ___28___.And these robot dogs can help blind people to do many other useful things.People also use robots in some American ___29___.At one hospital, a robot takes meals from the kitchen to sick people’s rooms. It never ___30___ its way because it has a map of the hospital in its computer system(系统).In the future, robots will work in many different ways.But robots will never take the place of human.21. A. short B. old C. young D. long22. A. films B. books C. stories D. jobs23. A. make B. take C. use D. do24. A. animals B. people C. machines D. teachers25. A. work B. study C. life D. way26. A. walk B. stand C. sit D. stop27. A. show B. tell C. see D. help28. A. people B. guide dogs C. machines D. children29. A. schools B. factories C. hospitals D. companies30. A. finds B. loses C. comes D. goes【答案】21. D 22. A 23. C 24. B 25. C 26. A 27. D 28. B 29. C 30. B【解析】文章讲述了机器人的事情.【21题详解】句意:但是机器人的历史并不长.A. short短的;B. old 老的;C. young年轻的;D. long长的;根据句意故选D.【22题详解】句意:这些电影当中的机器人比人又壮又快又聪明.根据We usually see robots in the films.故选A.【23题详解】句意:在真实生活当中人们在工厂大部分时间使用机器人.A. make制造;B. take带走;C. use使用;D. do做;根据Robots can do many dangerous, difficult or boring jobs 可知是使用;故选C.【24题详解】句意:机器人能为人们做许多危险的、无聊的或者困难的工作.A. animals 动物;B. people 问;C. machines机器;D. teachers老师;根据句意故选B.【25题详解】句意:一些人不能照顾自己,但机器人能在日常生活中帮助他们.A. work 工作 B. study 学习;C. life 生活; D. way道路;根据For example, some blind people use dogs to help themselves ___6___ around.可知是日常生活;故选C.【26题详解】句意:例如一些盲人使用狗来帮助他们四处走. A. walk 走; B. stand 站; C. sit 坐; D. stop停下;根据句意故选A. 【27题详解】句意:现在科学家正在制造一种机器人来帮助这些人.A. show 展示; B. tell 告诉; C. see 看;D. help 帮助;根据句意故选D.【28题详解】句意:在未来机器狗也许能代替这些导盲犬.根据These dogs are guide dogs.可知是导盲犬;故选B.【29题详解】句意:在美国的一些医院里,人们也使用机器人.根据At one hospital, a robot takes meals from the kitchen to sickpeople’s room s.可知是医院;故选C.【30题详解】句意:它从来不迷路.lose one’s way 迷路,根据because it has a map of the hospital in its computer system(系统).故选B.点睛:根据前后文语境,结合时态,语态,词性,短语,句型,词义辨析和主谓一致,选出正确的选项.例如:小题9 句意:在美国的一些医院里,人们也使用机器人.根据At one hospital, a robot takes meals from thekitchen to s ick people’s rooms.可知是医院;故选C.三、阅读理解.A篇Life in BritainHomes and familiesMany British people live in Houses, not apartments. Most houses have gardens.Daily lifeMost office workers start work at about nine in the morning, and finish at about five or six in the afternoon. Most people don’t go home for lunch, and they just have a quick meal.School lifeChildren start school at about nine am, and finish at about three thirty pm. Most children have lunch at school. All children go to school when they are four or five years old, and leave when they are sixteen or seventeen.ShopsMost shops open at about nine am and close at about six pm. Usually, they don’t close for lunch.31. Many British people live in _______ .A. apartmentsB. parksC. housesD. gardens32. Most offices start work at about ______ in the morning.A. tenB. nineC. eightD. seven33. Most office workers and school children don’t have lunch _____ .A. in the gardenB. in the shopC. at homeD. at school34. The children in Britain usually study at school for_____ .A. sixteen or seventeen yearsB. twelve or thirteen yearsC. four or five yearsD. four years35. Can you buy things in the shops at lunch time?A. No. They close for lunch.B. Yes. But there is no people in the shop.C. No. Shops open at 1pm.D. Yes. They don’t close for lunch.【答案】31. C 32. B 33. C 34. B 35. D【解析】试题分析:本文告诉我们:许多英国人住在房子里.大多数公司职员和学校学生不在家吃午餐.英国孩子们通常在学校学习12或13年等.【31题详解】C细节信息题.据文章Many British people live in Houses, not apartments.可知,许多英国人住在房子里.故正确答案为C. 【32题详解】B细节信息题.根据Most office workers start work at about nine in the morning, and finish at about five or six in the afternoon. 可知,大多数公司在上午约9:00开始工作.故该题正确答案为B.【33题详解】C细节信息题.根据Most people don’t go home for lunch. Most children have lunch at school. 可知,大多数公司职员和学校学生不在家吃午餐.即该题选C.【34题详解】B细节信息题.根据All children go to school when they are four or five years old, and leave when they are sixteenor seventeen. 可知,英国孩子们通常在学校学习12或13年.故正确答案为B.【35题详解】D细节信息题.根据Most shops open at about nine am and close at about six p m. Usually, they don’t close forlunch. 可知,他们午饭不关门,你们可以在午餐时间在商店里买东西.故正确答案为D.考点:日常生活类短文阅读B篇Dear Kitty,I am sorry that I did not write to you earlier because I was very busy. I was helping with a charity show to raise(筹集)money for Project Green Hope.(绿色希望工程)A lot of work needed to be finished, so I did not have much freetime.I felt very happy when I was chosen to(被选为)be the host. It was exciting,but I was also very nervous. I know thatlots of people would come to the show and many pop stars would come, too. My job was to introduce each star and Ialso had many other duties.We practiced a lot before the show. I had to remember to look at the right camera at the right time. At first, I thoughtI would never be able to remember all the words.Slowly,everything became easier.The big day came very quickly, and I was so excited. Twenty minutes before the big event, we opened the doors and many people came into the theatre to watch the show. The fans of the pop stars were making a lot of noise, so I had to speak loudly.30,000 dollars has been given to Project Green Hope. I hope more events like this will be organized to raise money for charities and I think more people should be invited to take part in them.See you soon.Best wishes!Ricky36. What was Ricky doing these days?A. Helping to raise money.B. Writing the letters.C. Watching the show.D. Inviting the pop stars.37. How did he feel when he was chosen to be the host?A. Nervous.B. Happy.C. Both nervous and happy.D. Neither nervous nor happy.38. Which statements is NOT true according to the letter?A. Many pop stars would come.B. They practiced a lot before the show.C. Ricky had to speak loudly because of the noise.D. The door was open thirty minutes earlier before the event.39. What does the underlined word charity mean?A. 慈善B. 招待C. 明星D. 服务40. How much has been given to Project Green Hope?A. 3,000 dollarsB. 30,000 dollarsC. 3,000 poundsD. 30,000 pounds【答案】36. A 37. C 38. D 39. A 40. B【解析】文章讲述了作者当慈善晚会主持人的事情.【36题详解】根据I was helping with a charity show to raise(筹集)money for Project Green Hope.(绿色希望工程)故选A 【37题详解】根据I felt very happy when I was chosen to(被选为)be the host. It was exciting,but I was also very nervous. 故选C【38题详解】根据many pop stars would come, We practiced a lot before the show. The fans of the pop stars were making a lotof noise, so I had to speak loudly. 故选D【39题详解】根据I was helping with a charity show to raise(筹集)money for Project Green Hope.(绿色希望工程)可知是慈善募捐;故选A 【40题详解】根据30,000 dollars has been given to Project Green Hope.故选B C篇Can we live without salt?No, salt is very important to us, we need salt in our food. Animals need it, too.Most of the salt in our country comes from the sea. People dig very big pools and let sea water in. When the sun driesup the water, people can get salt from the ground. The salt is white, clean and beautiful.There are a lot of salt wells in Sichuan.A salt well in much like a waterwell.People bring the well water up to theground and then dry it in big jars over fire. In this way, they get salt.We can also get salt from salt mines(矿).A salt mine may be found underthe ground.Some years ago,people in Jiangxifound a big salt mine and soon opened it.People there don't need salt from other places any more.In the northwest of our country, there are many salt lakes. Some of theselakes are very big. The salt even in one big lake will be enough for ourpeople for centuries.41. We can’t live without salt,so .A. we need it,tooB. it’s very important to usC. animals need it,tooD. there is salt in all our food42. We get most of the salt from _____.A. salt lakesB. salt waterC. salt wellsD. salt mines43. Not long ago, a big salt mine was found and opened _____.A. in SichuanB. in JiangxiC. in the northwestD. beside these44. The best title for this article is _____.A. SaltB. Why We Need SaltC. Salt Is ImportantD. We Need Salt45. What does the underlined word wells mean?A. 身体好的B. 咸味的C. 田野D. 井【答案】41. A 42. B 43. B 44. C 45. D【解析】文章讲述了盐可以来自大海,盐井,盐矿和盐湖.【41题详解】根据we need salt in our food. 故选A【42题详解】根据Most of the salt in our country comes from the sea故选B【43题详解】根据Some years ago,people in Jiangxi found a big salt mine故选B【44题详解】根据Can we live without salt?No, salt is very important to us, we need salt in our food. Animals need it, too.故选C 【45题详解】根据.People bring the well water up to the ground 可知是井;故选D四、任务型阅读.In North America,people are always in a hurry.Children have special lessons or many sports activities after school.Parents often work late and d on’t get home until 7 or 8 o’clock at night.More than 50% of women havefull-time jobs.And many people do part-time jobs.When a family want to eat a meal together,often (A)there isn’t enough time to prepare the food.That is why fast food is so popular in North America.(B)People spend about 40% of their money buying fast food.Fast food is the food (C) pizza,sandwiches and fried chicken.People can buy fast food from a restaurant chain like Pizza Hut,McDonald's and KFC.(D)Fast food saves work and time,but it's usually junk food.Fast food is popular in many countries,America fast food companies now have restaurants all over the world.But not everyone is happy about the spread of North American fast food.Some people in Italy want to fight against it.(E)They don't want any more fast food chains to open in their country.They also want to fight against the spread of fast food around the world.46. 将文中(A)处划线部分改写为:A family are usually ______ busy ______ prepare the food.47. 把(B)处翻译成汉语.___________________________.48. 把(D)处翻译成汉语.___________________________.49. 在(C)处空白处填入适当的词组___________________________.50. 文中划线部分(E)处指代的是____________________________.【答案】46. (1). too (2). to47. 人们花费他们大约40%的钱去买快餐.48. 快餐节约时间,但它通常是垃圾食品.49. such as50. Some people in Italy.【解析】文章讲了美国为什么快餐受欢迎的原因,但是快餐大部分是垃圾食品,许多人现在抵制快餐.【46题详解】根据没有足够的时间准备食物,可以用too---to--- 太---而不能--- ;故填(1). too (2). to【47题详解】根据spend +钱+doing sth 花钱做某事;故答案是人们花费他们大约40%的钱去买快餐.【48题详解】根据Fast food 快餐,saves节约,junk food.垃圾食品,故答案是快餐节约时间,但它通常是垃圾食品. 【49题详解】根据Fast food is the food和pizza,sandwiches and fried chicken.可知是举例子;故填such as【50题详解】根据Some people in Italy want to fight against it和They don't want any more fast food chains to open in their country可知是意大利人;故填Some people in Italy.词语运用.根据所给内容及提示,填入单词的正确形式.51. I really don’t know which dictionary to c______(选择).52. One very f______(著名的)symbol in American culture is a cartoon.53. All these shows have one thing in c______(共同,相同).54. One of the students in our class ______(fall)into the river yesterday.55. If you want ______(many)information about the trip,please call us at 291-13542.。
最新人教版八年级上学期英语《期末检测试题》附答案
人教版英语八年级上学期期末测试卷一.单项选择1.I am going to be _____astronaut when I grow up. And I will fly rockets to ______ moon.A. an;aB. a;/C. an; the2.I have to prepare _____ my math test _____Friday afternoon.A. at;onB. on; inC. for; on3. There _______ an English Party in our class next week.A. is going to haveB. is going to beC. will have4.—_____ fine weather it is! —Yes. Look! _______many people are walking around the park.A. What; SoB. How; SuchC. What a; Such5.The little girl didn't stop crying________she found a toy bear.A. becauseB. untilC. after6.Mary____ some flowers yesterday, but she didn't _____ them.A. received; acceptB. receive; acceptedC. accepted; received7.I have_____to tell you.A. anything elseB. other elseC. something else8.The ____ you eat, the ____ you will be.A. more healthily, more healthilyB. more healthily, healthierC. healthier, more healthily9._______students come from China.A. Half ofB. The halfC. Half the10.I also keep _____ the story ____English about my daily life.A. to write;inB. to write;withC. writing; in11.In Singapore, people won't have problems _____ the food they like.A. getB. to getC. getting12.The most important thing is ____ something new and fun.A. to learnB. learntC. learns13.I don't know if they___ tomorrow. If they ___, I'll wait for them at home.A. come; comeB. will come; comeC. will come; will come14.David promised ____his daughter during summer holiday in JapanA. visitingB. visitC. to visit15.We are halfway to ____ the job.A. finishB. finishingC. finished16.You can get _________ on the Internet.A. much informationsB. many informationC. much information17.Nobody knows ____________ .A. where does Jimmy workB. where will Jimmy workC. where Jimmy works18.He is a popular writer. His new book will _______this September.A. come upB. come inC. come out19.As a friend, you can send a message to show___ you miss your old friend.A. how manyB. how oftenC. how much20.—_______________? —It is Monday the 29th.A. What day is it today?B. What's today?C. What's the date today?21.Drinking some milk before going to bed is the way ______ with your sleeping problem.A. to helpB. helpC. helping22.To save money, we have to ask_____ people to do _____ things.A. less, moreB. fewer, moreC. more, fewer23.Here is a banana, please_______.A. cut them upB. cut up itC. cut it up24.The basket _____ kinds of fruits.A. is filled withB. is full withC. is filled of25.—Could I borrow your dictionary? —Yes, of course you ________.A. willB. couldC. can二.完形填空Most of the students may think they have too much homework to do. So they don't have enough time ___26___ their parents do the housework. But I don't think so.Our parents are not only busy ___27___their own work but also busy with families and lives. They wouldlike___28___everything for us, but they never complain about(抱怨)anything. They are very tired every day. I think we should___29___our parents and we also have duty(责任) to work for our families.Studying knowledge at school is important, but learning from the___30___life is also very important. Our parents can't stay with us and___31___us all the time. We should begin with the little things, for example, making the bed, washing clothes, doing the dishes and cooking for ourselves. If you don't help your parents do any housework, you will meet many difficulties___32___you leave your parents. So we should know that helping parents do the housework is good for____33____. ___34___ the housework can help our parents.It can ____35____help ourselves. So I think we should help our parents.26. A. to help B. helping C. help27. A. for B. with C. at28. A. doing B. do C. to do29. A. understand B. learn C. prepare30. A. real B. true C. right31. A. look for B. look after C. look at32. A. after B. before C. behind33. A. our B. we C. us34. A. Do B. Doing C. Did35. A. also B. however C. therefore三.情景交际A从A—F 选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项补全对话.A:Hello,this is Mary speaking._______36_______B:This is Andy. What's up?A:_______37_______B:What is it about?A:_____38_____ You know our environment is getting worse and worse.We should do something for it.B:______39______When shall the activity start?A:________40________B:OK.Bye—bye.A:Bye.A. There is going to be an activity this afternoon.B. It is about how to protect our environment.C. At 13:00.D. May I speak to Andy?E. I can't stand it.F. I agree with you.B填入适当的句子补全对话A:Hi,Jane! Can you go to the zoo with me this Saturday?B:___________41___________.A:That is too bad. What are you going to do?B:I will have a party this Saturday.___________42___________? A:Yes,I 'd love to.B:____________43____________?A:Yes, I 'm good at cooking.B:That 's great!A:___________44___________?B: Some of my friends will come to the party.A:When should I come?B:How about 4:00 in the afternoon? The party starts at 6:00.A:No problem._________45_________.B:You are welcome.四.根据句意及首字母提示完成句子46. Without your help, I can't s______ the problem by myself.47.Can you give us some a_______ on how to learn English well? 48. To his s______, his father agreed with him to watch the football match together. 49. Can you come to the o_______ of the new library in the school?50. Problems and worries are n______ in life.五.用所给单词的适当形式填空51. A watch ______(hang) on the wall half an hour ago .52. He is a police offer with _____ and he has a lot of strange ______(experience).53. My teacher advised us ______(finish) the exercises.54. You can see that there are many planes ______(fly)in the sky.55. He refuses_____(eat) sweet food.56. He took my books without______(tell) me.57. Getting a high mark in the exam seems a bit hard for us. But we can try different ways we can think of _____ (make) it.58. Mary always does her homework ______(care). So she makes a few mistakes in homework.59. I can teach you how to make ______(Russia) soup.60. I look forward to _____(have) a class meeting.六.句型转换61. They succeeded finally .(改为同义句)They succeeded_______ _______.62. My mother didn't get a letter from her sister.(改为同义句)My mother didn't ______ _______ her sister.63. They will finish the work in a week.(对划线部分提问)____ _____ will they finish the work?64. Pour the milk into the blender.(改为否定句)_______ ______ the milk into the blender.65. I shall stay two more months .(改为同义句)I shall stay _____ _____ months.七.阅读理解A66. If you want to buy a sweater, you should go to_________.A. Ball HouseB. Sally's SaleC. Skate Club67. Jack wants to see the movie Avengers: Endgame with 13—year—old daughter.The ticket will cost ______.A. $ 40B. $ 30C. $ 6068. You can go to the Skate Club __________.A. on MondayB. on WednesdayC. on Saturday69. If Sam wants to take part in basketball game,he should go to__________.A. 12 First StreetB. 21 Hilltop StreetC. 55 Middle Street70. From the four advertisements,we can learn that___________.A. Skate Club provides(提供)skates for players.B. we can send e—mails to Mr.Johnson for information about Balls CompetitionC. if a coat was $100 at Sally's Sale before, you can only spend $50 on Children's DayBOne day Mr. Smith went to a dinner party. He was wearing very old clothes. He came into the room, but people in the room didn't look at him. They didn't ask him to sit at the table. He wasn't happy. But he said nothing. Mr Smith went home quickly and put on his best clothes. He went back to the party. Everyone in the room stood up and looked at him. They gave him good food to eat. Mr. Smith took off his coat, and put it on the food and said “Eat, coat!”The other people were surprised and asked,“ What are you doing? Why do you do that?” Mr. Smith answered, “I am asking my coat to eat food. When I wore old clothes, you didn't ask me to sit down. Now I am wearing these nice clothes. And you give me good food. Now see, you give the food to my coat, not to me.”根据短文内容,选择最佳答案. 71.One day Mr. Smith went to ______________. A. a birthday party B. a dinner party C. an English party 72. When he came into the room, the people didn't look at him. Why? A. Because the people didn't ask him to come B. Because Mr. Smith wore old clothes C. Because Mr. Smith didn't say hello to them first 73. Why did he go home quickly ? A. Because he didn't want to stay there. B. Because he went home for his best clothes C. Because he didn't like the food there 74. What 's the meaning of “at the table ” in Chinese?A. 在桌子旁 B. 在吃饭 C. 在桌子上75. Which statement is right? A. A person in good clothes should eat good food. B. Mr Smith is stupid(愚蠢的). C. We can't judge(判断) a man by his clothes. C Mr. Hand began his trip in France last Saturday. Three days later when he was traveling in the country by car, he saw a dog behind a thin man. As the car came near them, the dog suddenly started to cross the street and it was hit(撞)by the car and died. Mr. Hand stopped his car and walked to the thin man. “I am very sorry to hit your dog,” he said.“How much should I pay ? Will ten dollars be enough?”“Oh, yes” said the thin man. Mr. Hand put his hand into his pocket, but he only found five dollars in the pocket. “Sorry, sir, I have only five dollars,” said Mr. Hand .“That's all right. Five dollars is also OK ,” the man answered .“Thanks a lot .” It is very kind of you,” Mr. Hand thanks the man and drove away.After the car went away, the man looked down at the dog and said to himself, “Whose dog is it?”根据短文内容,判断正(T)误(F)76. Mr. Hand took a trip in Japan.77. The dog may be hit this Thursday.78. At first,Mr. Hand wanted to pay five dollars for the dog . 79. Mr. Hand gave the thin man five dollars at last because he thought five dollars was enough.80. The thin man wasn't the dog's owner( 主人).D Mr.Brown retired(退休)two years ago. His son bought a fish tank(鱼缸) with about fifty goldfish(金鱼)in it for him. Mr. Brown liked the goldfish very much and he took good care of them. He often told his friends about his goldfish and they often went to see them. Mr. Brown was very happy.One night, a cat ate some of his goldfish. Mr. Brown tried to catch it, but he couldn't. He had to sleep near the fish tank and he couldn't sleep well. He was very tired. He asked one o f his friends, “Where can I buy a shark(鲨鱼)?”“A shark?” asked his friend. “What do you want to have it for?”“I want to teach the cat a lesson!(教训)”81. How many goldfish did Mr. Brown's son buy for him?__________________________________________82. Who often came to see Mr. Brown's goldfish?__________________________________________83. What happened to Mr. Brown's goldfish one night?___________________________________________84. Did Mr. Brown's sleep well near the fish tank?____________________________________________85. Why did Mr. Brown want to buy a shark?_____________________________________________八.书面表达86.你对你的将来有什么打算?你有哪些理想?为了实现自己的理想,你应该怎么做?请以“My Dream Job”为题,写一篇英语短文.要求:1. 词数在80-100词之间2. 字迹工整,语法正确,意思连贯,合乎逻辑,可适当发挥.My Dream Job答案与解析一.单项选择1.I am going to be _____astronaut when I grow up. And I will fly rockets to ______ moon.A. an;aB. a;/C. an; the【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:当我长大的时候我想成为一名宇航员.我将会向月球发射火箭.考查冠词辨析.a和an是不定冠词,修饰可数名词单数,表示泛指一个……;an用于元音音素前;the是定冠词,修饰名词,表示特指.根据句意可知,第一个空表示泛指“一名宇航员”,且astronaut是元音音素开头,用an修饰;第二个空后moon是“月球”,在独一无二的事物前应加定冠词.故选C.2.I have to prepare _____ my math test _____Friday afternoon.A. at;onB. on; inC. for; on【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:星期五下午我必须为数学考试做准备.考查介词辨析.at后跟时间点;on在具体一天;for为了,因为;in泛指在上午、下午、晚上;年代、月份前.第一个空是固定搭配prepare for…为……做准备;第二个空后是具体一天的下午,应用介词on.故选C.3. There _______ an English Party in our class next week.A. is going to haveB. is going to beC. will have【答案】B【解析】试题分析:There be句型表示“某地(或某时)存在有某人(或某物),而并非某地(某人、某物或某时)拥有什么东西”,句中有若干个名词作主语,动词be常与后面主语中的第一个名词在数上一致.have一般表示某人有某物.句意:下周我们班要举行一次英语晚会.结合语境可知本句表示某地有某物,故用there be句型,选B.考点:考查there be句型及时态.4.—_____ fine weather it is! —Yes. Look! _______many people are walking around the park.A. What; SoB. How; SuchC. What a; Such【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意:多么好的天气啊!是的,看!那么多人在公园周围散步.考查感叹句以及副词.第一句话是感叹句,句中weather是不可数名词,应用What引导,句型是:What+形容词+不可数名词+主语+谓语;so如此,修饰形容词或副词;such如此,修饰名词.当修饰表示数量的many, much, little, few时,应用so.故选A.【点睛】感叹句句型:What a/an+形容词+可数名词单数+主语+谓语;What+形容词+不可数名词或可数名词复数+主语+谓语;How+形容词或副词+主语+谓语;How+形容词+a/an+可数名词单数+主语+谓语.5.The little girl didn't stop crying________she found a toy bear.A. becauseB. untilC. after【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:这个小女孩直到找到了玩具熊才停止哭泣.考查连词辨析.because 因为,引导原因状语从句;until直到……时候;after在……之后.根据句意可知,这句话中考查了not…until…句型,意为“直到……时候,才……”.故选B.6.Mary____ some flowers yesterday, but she didn't _____ them.A. received; acceptB. receive; acceptedC. accepted; received【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意:昨天Mary收到了一些花,但是她没有接受它们.考查动词辨析.received收到,指客观上收到某物;accepted接受,指主观上接受某物.根据句意可知,Mary 收到花是客观事实,而主观上并不想要,不接受,故第一个空用receive,且用过去式;第二个空用accept,空前有didn’t,用动词原形.故选A.7.I have_____to tell you.A. anything elseB. other elseC. something else【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:我还有别的事要告诉你.考查不定代词.anything else其他任何事;other else形式错误;something else其他的事.else是形容词,修饰不定代词,应放在不定代词的后面;这是一个肯定句,应用something,anything用于否定句或疑问句中.故选C.8.The ____ you eat, the ____ you will be. A. more healthily, more healthily B. more healthily, healthier C. healthier, more healthily 【答案】B 【解析】【详解】句意:你吃得越健康,你就会更健康.考查形容词比较级.more healthily 更健康地,副词比较级;healthier 更健康的,形容词比较级.这句话使用了句型the +比较级,the+比较级,表示“越……,就越……”,两个空都要用比较级形式.根据句子结构可知,第一个空修饰动词eat ,应用副词;第二个空在be 后作表语,应用形容词.故选B . 9._______students come from China. A. Half of B. The halfC. Half the【答案】C 【解析】【详解】句意:一半的学生来自中国.考查代词辨析.Half 一半,常用于half of+ the +名词,表示“……中的一半”,或half +the+名词.A 选项后确定冠词the ;B 选项没有of .故选C .10.I also keep _____ the story ____English about my daily life. A. to write;in B. to write;withC. writing; in【答案】C 【解析】【详解】句意:我也一直用英语写关于我日常生活的故事.考查非谓语动词及介词.to write 动词不定式;writing 动名词或现在分词形式;in 用某种语言;with 后跟工具.句中谓语动词为keep ,常用于句型keep doing sth.“一直做某事”,应用动名词作宾语;in English“用英语”.故选C .11.In Singapore, people won't have problems _____ the food they like. A. get B. to getC. getting【答案】C 【解析】【详解】句意:在新加坡,人们在得到他们喜欢的食物上没有困难.考查非谓语动词.get 得到,动词原形;to get 动词不定式;getting 动名词或现在分词形式.这句话中使用了句型have problems (in) doing sth.“做某事有困难”,这里应用动名词作宾语.故选C.12.The most important thing is ____ something new and fun.A. to learnB. learntC. learns【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意:最重要的事情是学习一些新的、有趣的东西.考查非谓语动词.to learn学习,学会,动词不定式;learnt是learn的过去式或过去分词形式;learns第三人称单数.根据句子结构可知,该空在句中作表语,应用动词不定式形式.故选A.13.I don't know if they___ tomorrow. If they ___, I'll wait for them at home.A. come; comeB. will come; comeC. will come; will come【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:我不知道他们明天是否会来.如果他们来,我会在家等他们.考查动词时态.come来,动词原形;will come一般将来时.根据句意可知,第一句话中if引导宾语从句,意为“是否”,从句中有tomorrow表示将来的动作,应用一般将来时态;第二句话中if意为“如果”,引导条件状语从句,从句中用一般现在时,主句用一般将来时.故选B.14.David promised ____his daughter during summer holiday in JapanA. visitingB. visitC. to visit【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:David承诺在暑假的时候去看望他在日本的女儿.考查非谓语动词.visiting动名词或现在分词;visit动词原形;to visit 动词不定式.句中谓语动词为promised,常用于句型promise to do sth.“承诺去做某事”.故选C.15.We are halfway to ____ the job.A. finishB. finishingC. finished【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:我们已经完成工作的一半了.考查非谓语动词.finish完成,动词原形;finishing动名词或现在分词形式;finished过去式或过去分词形式.根据句意可知,这里考查了句型be halfway to…“完成了……的一半”,短语中to为介词,后跟名词或动名词形式.故选B.16.You can get _________ on the Internet.A. much informationsB. many informationC. much information【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:在因特网你可以获得很多信息.考查不可数名词.much informations形式错误,information是不可数名词,没有复数形式;many information 形式错误,many修饰可数名词;much修饰不可数名词.故选C.17.Nobody knows ____________ .A. where does Jimmy workB. where will Jimmy workC. where Jimmy works【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:没有人知道Jimmy在哪里工作.考查宾语从句.根据句子结构可知,该空是一个宾语从句,作动词knows的宾语.宾语从句中用陈述语序,A 和B两个选项都是疑问语序,可以排除.故选C.18.He is a popular writer. His new book will _______this September.A. come upB. come inC. come out【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:他是一个受欢迎的作家.他的新书将会在今年九月份出版.考查动词短语辨析.come up走近,发生,上升;come in进来;come out出来,出版.这句话的主语为His new book“他的新书”,因此这里应该为“出版”,故选C.19.As a friend, you can send a message to show___ you miss your old friend.A. how manyB. how oftenC. how much【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:作为朋友,你可以发消息来表明你有多么想念你的老朋友.考查宾语从句的引导词.how many多少,提问数量;how often多久一次,提问频率;how much多少;多么.根据句意可知,这里表示“多么想念”,应用how much.故选C.20.—_______________? —It is Monday the 29th.A. What day is it today?B. What's today?C. What's the date today?【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:——今天几号星期几?——今天29号,星期一.考查情景交际.What day is it today?今天星期几?What’s today?今天几号星期几?What’s the date today?今天几号?根据下面的回答可知,这里既问了日期,也问星期几,故选B.21.Drinking some milk before going to bed is the way ______ with your sleeping problem.A. to helpB. helpC. helping【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意:在上床睡觉之前喝些牛奶是帮助你解决睡眠问题的方法.考查非谓语动词.to help动词不定式;help帮助,动词原形;helping动名词或现在分词形式.这句话中使用了句型the way to do sth.“做某事的方法”,动词不定式作后置定语,修饰名词way.故选A.22.To save money, we have to ask_____ people to do _____ things.A. less, moreB. fewer, moreC. more, fewer【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:为了节省钱,我们不得不让更少的人来做更多的事.考查形容词比较级.less是little的比较级,“更少的”,修饰不可数名词;fewer更少的,修饰可数名词;more 更多的.根据句意“To save money”可知,这里表示“更少的人,做更多的事”,people是可数名词,用fewer 修饰.故选B.23.Here is a banana, please_______.A. cut them upB. cut up itC. cut it up【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:这是一个香蕉,请把它切碎.考查动词短语及代词.cut them up把它们切碎;cut up it形式错误,it是代词,应放在短语的中间;cut it up 把它切碎.根据句意“Here is a banana”可知,这里是一个香蕉,是单数,用代词it.故选C.24.The basket _____ kinds of fruits.A. is filled withB. is full withC. is filled of【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意:这个篮子装满了各种各样的水果.考查动词短语.is filled with装满,填满;is full with短语不成立,应该是is full of;is filled of形式错误,应该用介词with.故选A.25.—Could I borrow your dictionary? —Yes, of course you ________.A. willB. couldC. can【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:——我可以借用一下你的字典吗?——是的,你当然可以.考查情态动词辨析.will意愿;could能,语气委婉;can能,可以.问句中用Could表示委婉的语气,答语中直接用can.故选C.二.完形填空Most of the students may think they have too much homework to do. So they don't have enough time ___26___ their parents do the housework. But I don't think so.Our parents are not only busy ___27___their own work but also busy with families and lives. They wouldlike___28___everything for us, but they never complain about(抱怨)anything. They are very tired every day. I think we should___29___our parents and we also have duty(责任) to work for our families.Studying knowledge at school is important, but learning from the___30___life is also very important. Our parents can't stay with us and___31___us all the time. We should begin with the little things, for example, making the bed, washing clothes, doing the dishes and cooking for ourselves. If you don't help your parents do any housework, you will meet many difficulties___32___you leave your parents. So we should know that helping parents do the housework is good for____33____.___34___ the housework can help our parents. It can ____35____help ourselves. So I think we should help our parents.26. A. to help B. helping C. help27. A. for B. with C. at28. A. doing B. do C. to do29. A. understand B. learn C. prepare30. A. real B. true C. right31. A. look for B. look after C. look at32. A. after B. before C. behind33. A. our B. we C. us34. A. Do B. Doing C. Did35. A. also B. however C. therefore【答案】26. A 27. B 28. C 29. A 30. A 31. B 32. A 33. C 34. B 35. A【解析】【分析】很多学生都认为他们每天有很多的家庭作业要做,所以他们没有足够的时间帮助父母做家务,但作者不这样认为.短文中作者介绍了自己的看法,他认为帮助父母做家务是必要的、重要的,也是对我们自己有好处的.【26题详解】句意:所以他们没有足够的时间帮助父母做家务. 考查非谓语动词辨析及语境.to help帮助,动词不定式;helping动名词;help帮助,动词原形.这句话中使用了句型have enough time to do sth.“有足够的时间做某事”,动词不定式作后置定语,修饰time.故选A.【27题详解】句意:我们的父母不仅仅忙于他们的工作,而且要忙于家庭和生活.考查介词辨析及语境.for为了,因为;with和……一起;at在具体时间点或地点.根据句意可知,这里考查固定短语be busy with…“忙于……”.故选B.【28题详解】句意:他们愿意为我们做一切事,但是从不抱怨.考查非谓语动词辨析及语境.doing做,动名词或现在分词形式;do动词原形;to do动词不定式.空前是wouldlike,意为“愿意,想要”,常用于句型would like to do sth.“想要做某事”.故选C.【29题详解】句意:我认为我们应该理解我们的父母,我们也有责任为家人工作.考查动词辨析及语境.understand理解;learn学习;prepare准备.根据上文“They would like___3___everythingfor us, but they never complain about(抱怨)anything. They are very tired every day.”可知,父母为了我们,为了这个家庭非常的累,但从不抱怨,所以作为子女,我们应理解父母,帮助他们做家务.故选A.【30题详解】句意:在学校里学习知识是重要的,但从真实的生活中学习也是很重要的.考查形容词辨析及语境.real真实的;true真的;right对的.根据句意可知,这里指与在学校里学习相对的从实际生活中学习,true主要侧重强调“真假”,实际生活应用real.故选A.【31题详解】句意:我们的父母不会一直和我们在一起、照顾我们.考查动词短语辨析及语境.look for寻找;look after照顾;look at看.根据下句话“We should begin with the littlethings, for example, making the bed, washing clothes, doing the dishes and cooking for ourselves.”和常识可知,父母不会一直照顾我们,我们要学会自己做一些事情.故选B.【32题详解】句意:如果你不帮你的父母做任何家务,在你离开父母后会遇到很多困难.考查连词辨析及语境.after在……之后;before在……之前;behind在……后面.根据上个小题的句意可知,父母不会一直照顾我们,终有一天我们会离开父母,而遇到困难应该是“在我们离开父母之后”,故选A. 【33题详解】句意:所以我们应该知道帮助父母做家务对我们是有好处的.考查代词辨析及语境.our我们的,形容词性物主代词;we我们,人称代词主格形式;us我们,人称代词宾格形式.根据句子结构可知,该空是介词for的宾语,应用宾格形式,表示“对某人有好处”.故选C.【34题详解】句意:做家务能帮助我们的父母.考查动词辨析及语境.Do做,动词原形;Doing动名词或现在分词形式;Did是过去式.根据句子结构可知,… the housework 是句子的主语,应用动名词形式.故选B.【35题详解】句意:它也能帮助我们自己.考查副词辨析及语境.also也;however然而;therefore因此.上句话“…the housework can help our parents”,这句话是“…help ourselves”,这里应表示“也”的意思,故选A.【点睛】对于中学生应不应该帮助父母做家务,这篇短文中作者发表了自己的观点.文章主题明确,结构清晰,内容贴近学生们的日常生活,比较容易理解.题型是完形填空,考查学生们在具体语境中运用语言的能力,综合性较强.做题时,应先通读短文,了解文意;然后根据上下文语境做题,注意空前后的搭配,并仔细辨析选项中单词的意思和用法;最后将答案代入原文,再读一遍,检查答案是否正确.例如第3小题,考查了would like to do sth.“想要做某事”.故选C.再如第7小题,考查连词辨析及语境.after在……之后;before 在……之前;behind在……后面.根据上个小题的句意可知,父母不会一直照顾我们,终有一天我们会离开父母,而遇到困难应该是“在我们离开父母之后”,故选A.三.情景交际A从A—F 选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项补全对话.A:Hello,this is Mary speaking._______36_______B:This is Andy. What's up?A:_______37_______B:What is it about?A:_____38_____ You know our environment is getting worse and worse.We should do something for it.B:______39______When shall the activity start?A:________40________B:OK.Bye—bye.A:Bye.A. There is going to be an activity this afternoon.B. It is about how to protect our environment.C. At 13:00.D. May I speak to Andy?E. I can't stand it.F. I agree with you.【答案】36. D 37. A 38. B 39. F 40. C【解析】这个对话是Mary给Andy打电话,告诉他下午有一个关于如何保护环境的活动.【36题详解】句意:——你好,我是Mary.我可以跟Andy通话吗?——我就是Andy.根据对话开头“Hello, this is Mary speaking”可知,这个对话的场景是打电话.下面的答语是“This is Andy”,由此可知这里Mary想要跟Andy通话.故选D.【37题详解】句意:——什么事?——今天下午将会有一个活动.上面Andy问道“What’s up?”,询问Mary有什么事,答语中应具体告诉Andy一件事情.且对话的后面“When shall the activity start?”提到了“活动”,因此Mary是告诉Andy有关一个活动的事情.故选A.【38题详解】句意:——它是关于什么的?——是关于怎样保护我们的环境.上面的问题“What is it about?”是询问这个活动是关于什么的,答语中应用It’s about….故选B.【39题详解】句意:——你知道我们的环境变得越来越差了,我们应该为它做点事情.——我同意你的说法.上面Mary陈述了自己对现在环境状况的看法,Andy与Mary的看法一致,应用agree with回答.故选F. 【40题详解】句意:——活动什么时候开始?——13:00开始.上面的问题是“When shall the activity start?”,询问活动开始的时间,答语中应用表示时间的短语,故选C.B填入适当的句子补全对话A:Hi,Jane! Can you go to the zoo with me this Saturday? B:___________41___________.A:That is too bad. What are you going to do? B:I will have a party this Saturday.___________42___________? A:Yes,I 'd love to. B:____________43____________? A:Yes, I 'm good at cooking. B:That 's great! A:___________44___________? B: Some of my friends will come to the party. A:When should I come? B:How about 4:00 in the afternoon? The party starts at 6:00. A:No problem._________45_________. B:You are welcome. 【答案】41. Sorry, I can't. 42. Would you like to come (to my party)? 43. Are you good at cooking? 44. Who else will go to your/the party? 45. Thank you for inviting me to your party./Thank you for your invitation./Thank you. 【解析】【41题详解】句意:——你好,Jane,这个星期六你能和我一起去动物园吗?——对不起,我不能去.上句话A同学向Jane发出邀请,问她能不能和她一起去动物园.再根据下文“That’s too bad” “那太糟糕了”可知,Jane拒绝了她.故答案为Sorry, I can’t.【42题详解】句意:——你愿意来吗?——我愿意去.根据下面的答语“I’d love to.”“我愿意去”可知,Jane邀请A来参加她的派对,可以用would like to do sth.这一句型.故答案为Would you like to come (to my party)?【43题详解】句意:——你擅长做饭吗?——是的,我擅长做饭.由下面的回答“Yes, I’m good at cooking.”可知,这个空应填一般疑问句,问A是否擅长做饭,使用了短语be good at…“擅长做……”.故答案为Are you good at cooking?【44题详解】句意:——还有谁会去你的派对?——我的一些朋友会来参加聚会.根据下面的回答“Some of my friends will come to the party.” “我的一些朋友会来参加聚会”可知,A问Jane还有谁来,疑问词是Who,else意为“其他的”,放在疑问词后面.故答案为Who else will go to your/the party? 【45题详解】句意:——谢谢你邀请我参加你的聚会.——不客气.根据下面的回答“You are welcome.”可知,A对Jane要求她参加聚会表示感谢.故答案为Thank you for inviting me to your party./Thank you for your invitation./Thank you.【点睛】这个题目是补全对话,要求根据对话内容填入适当的句子,比选择适当句子补全对话要稍微难一些.做题时,应首先通读对话的内容,了解对话双方的身份,对话的主题;然后根据语境,尤其是上下句的提示,确定空格处应填写的意思及句式,并用正确的句子表达出来.如第2小题,根据下面的答语“I’d love to.”“我愿意去”可知,这里应填一般疑问句形式,Jane邀请A来参加她的派对,应用would like to do sth.这一句型.故答案为Would you like to come (to my party)?再如第4小题,这个空应填特殊疑问句,根据下面的回答“Some of my friends will come to the party.” “我的一些朋友会来参加聚会”可知,A问Jane还有谁来,疑问词是Who,else意为“其他的”,放在疑问词后面.故答案为Who else will go to your/the party?四.根据句意及首字母提示完成句子46. Without your help, I can't s______ the problem by myself.47. Can you give us some a_______ on how to learn English well?48. To his s______, his father agreed with him to watch the football match together.49. Can you come to the o_______ of the new library in the school?50. Problems and worries are n______ in life.【答案】46. solve47. advice 48. surprise49. opening。
人教版八年级上学期英语《期末测试卷》(附答案)
人教版英语八年级上学期期末测试卷第Ⅰ卷基础知识部分一、单项选择.A1.Take your umbrella. It __________ rain later.A. mightB. may beC. probablyD. is2.You look tired. You’d better __________ up late.A. stayB. not stayC. to stayD. not to stay3.Look at eraser on the floor. Whose is it?A. aB. anC. theD. /4.She always does her homework __________ than her brother.A. more carefulB. carefulC. more carefullyD. carefully5.I met many new words __________ I was reading the English novel.A. ifB. thoughC. beforeD. whileBPeter was the real Spiderman, but he ___6___ (A. doesn’t / B. didn’t) know the fact at that time. One day, he___7___ (A.is / B. was) having lunch in the school dining hall. A strong boy wanted to bully him because Peter was ___8___ (A. thin / B. strong) and short. Peter got very angry and hit the b oy with his fist but he didn’t use too ___9___(A. many / B. much) force. Surprisingly, the boy lay down on the ground and couldn’t ___10___(A. get / B. got) up. At that moment Peter knew that he had some unusual power, but he didn’t know how and when to us e it.二、完形填空.Body LanguageSince we have realized that our eyes, face, hands, and feet speak a lot about our personality(个性)there has been a growing interest in knowing how to read ___11___ language.What’s in the face? Our face is like a window to our feelings. Face is a kind of communication. Look at your friend’s ___12___ and you will know what he is feeling about. Narrowing (变窄)eyes with mouth turned down means sadness. Eyes wide open with an open mouth are signs of ___13___.Eyes are windows to your ___14___. You cannot help but notice the bright in one’s eyes if he is very ___15___. You may look at someone with a pleasant expression while you are talking to him. Well done! This surely means that you draw his attention. If a person looks away too of ten from you, it could either mean that he isn’t interested in you or that he is not confident of himself. So look into his eyes, and he will feel ___16___ and get encouraged.We may not pay attention to hands or legs while talking of feelings. However, the way we use our hands while talking, the placement of our legs while sitting, all our feelings and personality. If someone is always shaking his leg while sitting, then there is ___17___ that’s troubling him. Shaking hands strongly with another means some one is confident.Reading body language, communicating with others may be more moving and interesting.11. A. sound B. body C. English D. foreign12. A. eyes B. legs C. hands D. face13. A. happiness B. sadness C. surprise D. interest14. A. mouth B. heart C. stomach D. ears15. A. angry B. sorry C. happy D. proud16. A. bored B. tired C. surprised D. confident17. A. something B. nothing C. everything D. anything三、阅读理解.阅读下面四篇文章,选择最佳答案.AWelcome to our holiday Activity CoursesWe offer holiday activity courses for young people aged between 7-15 years old and operate during every school holiday except Christmas. We have a track: record of excellence and have been delivering holiday activity courses for over 20 years.Master ChefMaster Chef is a practical cooking experience for young people who want to try their hand in the kitchen. You will be taught tips and techniques (技能)as well as cooking something different every day. We, will supply everything, and all you need is a willingness to try something new.Cost: $140Musical TheatreThe young people will have the chance to develop their acting and singing skills through many exciting workshops. They will learn basic singing techniques, improve acting skills and create plays to develop their creativity.At the end of the week children will perform to parents in Prep Hall at 3:20 pm.Cost: $135Water SportsWe take Children to the Marine Lake for water sports. Activities include sailing, windsurfing and power boasting. We will supple wetsuits and children should bring their own footwear, swimwear and a T-shirt. A packed lunch will be provided. Transport to the Marine Lake is by school minibus.Cost: $160JudoJudo—meaning “gentle way” is a modern martial art(武术)and Olympic sport. The Judo course is led by a fully trained instructor and it is open to all levels; beginners are welcome.Cost: $160Children attending the course are on holiday; so it is important for them to have lots of fun and make new friends while learning new skills. With so many fantastic courses on offer, we are Wirral’s leading Holiday Activity Course Provider.We look forward to welcoming you!18. What’s the cost of Master Chef?A. $140B. $135C. $260D. $16019. Which course provides a packed lunch?A. Master ChefB. Musical TheaterC. Water sportsD. Judo20. The passage in a (n) __________.A. letterB. storyC. poemD. advertisementBHave you ever read Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland? It was written by Lewis Carroll. He was an English writer, poet, scientist, photographer, and priest. His real name was Charles Lutwidge Dodgson, and Lewis Carroll was hispen name. He was born in 1832 and died in 1898.He is most famous for writing two children’s fantasy books about a young girl called Alice. They were titled Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland(1865) and through the looking-Glass(1872).He also wrote two famous poems called “The Hunting of the Snake” and “The Jabberwocky”. What is important about these poems is that he made up many new words to use in them. He was an expert at “word play” and used words in many different ways. Some of these ways were quite new. And this has influenced members of the literary elite who are well educated about English. Many people still study his work and his life today.Although they seem to have been written for children, Lew is Carroll’s books and poems have been enjoyed by people of all ages. If you have not read Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland, which is also referred to by the short title Alice in Wonderland, you should read it soon. No matter how old you are, you will find it exciting and enjoyable.21. Who wrote Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland?A. Charles Dodgson.B. JabberwockyC. AliceD. Jane Fleeb.22. How many poems did Lewis Carroll write?A. One.B. Two.C. Three.D. Four.23. From the passage, we know __________ like reading Alice in Wonderland.A. only childrenB. young peopleC. only adultsD. people of all ages24. According to the passage, we can infer Lewis Carroll was __________.A. a woman writerB. a Japanese writerC. an American writerD. an imaginative writerCThe population of the Earth is growing faster. It is important that we look after the Earth. We need it!The Earth gives us a lot of things. We also give the Earth a lot, but some of the things are not good.In nature, when something dies, other animals and plants get food from it. Every animal or plant gives food for other animals or plants. However, animals can’t get food from many of the things that we ‘give’ the Earth. Animalstay in the ground for many, many years.and plants can’t eat metal, plastic and glass. These things will sSo what can we do? Don’t leave any rubbish in the countryside! Don’t make so much rubbish!25. The Earth gives us __________.A. foodB. rubbishC. chemicalsD. pollution26. When something dies in nature,__________. A. water and grass are polluted B. plastic and wood become food C. other animals and plants get food D. metal and glass stay in the ground 27. We must __________ to look after the Earth. A. put metal in the ground B. use more woodC. keep frogs in the waterD. make less rubbishDMany textbooks are not written in the kind of English that we speak every day. In fact, sometimes the reading is so difficult that it almost seems like a foreign language. In a way, it is — the language of science. You should not expect to be able to read a difficult science passage the same way you read an interesting story; you should not expect to read it easily and all at once. Instead, you may have to read it several times through, catching on the meaning of difficult words, going back over difficult sentences, and finally putting the whole thing together. Do not bediscouraged if the whole passage don’t make sense to you at first. You need to pick it apart patiently until you can understand it.These are the steps to follow when you are reading something difficult:1. Start to read normally until you run into a sentence that doesn’t make sense to you.2. When a sentence doesn’t make sense, go back and read it again more slowly.3. Look for any word y ou don’t know in the sentence. Try to understand their meanings using word parts and context clues(上下文线索). If necessary, look them up in the dictionary.4. Look at the next few sentences to see if they explain more about the sentence you are working on. Do not read very much farther ahead until you understand what is being said.5. Finally, read the sentence again. Try to put it into simpler words.6.Read through the passage once. Try to understand all the hard parts well. Then read the whole passage once more at a usual speed. This helps you to put all ideas together.The stops sound a lot harder than they are. It is really just the normal way good readers understand anything that is difficult to read. After you have done the best you can this way, you should always feel free to ask for help from your teacher, if you have one.28. The underlined phrase “run into” means ___________.A. work outB. come acrossC. look intoD. pass by29. From the passage, we can know _________.A. we should look up new words before readingB.it is sometimes difficult to read a science passageC. the six steps are helpful in learning spoken EnglishD. interesting stories help readers to improve their English 30. The massage is mainly about _________. A.steps of studying science B. difficulties in reading science C. ways of reading science passages D. researches on science and English 第Ⅱ卷笔试部分选词填空,请将序号A-H写在答题纸相应位置上. A. fashion, B. British, C. late, D. hot,E. order,F. after,G. low,H. rich Afternoon tea& high tea Afternoon tea is a ___31___ food tradition of sitting down for an afternoon treat of tea, sandwiches, scones and cake.Afternoon tea is served around 4 p.m. In the early 19th century, when dinner was served as ___32___ as 8 p.m., Anna, the Duchess of Bedford often felt really hungry around 4 p.m. between lunch and dinner. So she would ___33___ tea, bread, butter and cakes to be served in her room. Later on she would invite friends to join her at her home, and this habit soon became a ___34___ and quickly spread throughout England.The afternoon tea was for ___35___ people in the 19th century. For workers in the newly industrialized Britain, tea time had to wait until ___36___ work.By that hour, tea was generally served with more than just tea and cakes. Workers needed sustenance (食物维持)after a day of hard labor, so the after-work meal was more often ___37___ dishes and accompanied by a pot of good, strong tea to revive flagging (衰弱的)spirits.The word “high” to the phrase “high tea” is believed to differentiate between the afterno on tea that is traditionally served on ___38___, comfortable, parlor chairs or relaxing in the garden and the worker’s after-work high tea that is served at the table and seated on high back dining chairs.阅读短文回答问题.When Scan Aiken bought a bike helmet (头盔), he never thought it would help him so soon. Only a week later, it saved his life. He was hit by a car while riding home from school in Tucson, Arizona. His bike was broken into pieces in the accident, but Scan was alive. His helmet protected him from se rious head injury. “I used to think helmets were unnecessary. I thought I would never get hurt,” Scan said. “But it can and will happen to you if you’re not careful.” Scan later spoke before the Tucson City Council about the need of bike-helmet laws. This led to a new Arizona law that requires people under the age of 18 to wear a bike helmet while cycling.Fifteen-year-old Mike Jones of Sioux Falls, South Dakota, knows about safety. Two years ago, he was seriously hurt in a car accident. Mike hurt his head badly when he was thrown from a van. “I don’t know why I didn’t wear a safety belt that day. Now I always wear it,” Mike said. Today, he can still think of that experience. “I used to love sports, but I can’t do them anymore. I can’t risk getting another serious injury,” he said.Like Mike, many people around the U.S. are becoming more safety-wise. “Parents can’t watch kids every minute. Kids must know how to be safe. It’s in their control and power, says Susan Gallagher, director of the Safety Network. New technology is also helping to prevent (预防)injuries. More people than ever before use products (产品)such as smoke alarms in their homes and seat belts in their cars. Most cyclists know that they should use bike helmets. New laws, such as the bike-helmet law Scan Aiken helped pass, are also making more people use these products. The number of serious injuries caused by car accidents and fires has gone down over the years.Kids are taking action to help prevent injuries. Like Scan Aiken and Mike Jones, they know that safety works. 39. Did the helmet save Scan Aiken’s life?40. Why was Mike Jones seriously hurt in a car accident?41. How many products do people use to prevent injuries according to the 4th paragraph?42. What is the main idea of the passage?43.写作学校要成立动物保护社团,请同学们写一篇有关动物保护的文章.请你选一种濒危动物,说说它濒危的原因以及我们该怎样保护它们.不少于50词,所给提示词语仅供选用. 提示词语: lose,enough, environment, in order to, raise, develop, feed 提示问题:1. What animal is in danger? How dangerous is it? 2. Why is it in danger? 3. What can we do to save them?答案与解析第Ⅰ卷基础知识部分一、单项选择.A1.Take your umbrella. It __________ rain later.A. mightB. may beC. probablyD. is【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意:带上你的伞.以后可能下雨.考查词义辨析.A. might可能,情态动词,表示推测;B. may be 可能是,后面跟形容词或介词短语或名词作表语;C. probably可能,副词;D. is是,后面跟形容词或介词短语或名词作表语.rain:下雨,动词原形,可排除B和D,probably是副词,主语It三单,谓语动词应用三单形式,C排除;情态动词后面跟动词原形,结合句意可知选A.2.You look tired. You’d better __________ up late.A. stayB. not stayC. to stayD. not to stay【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:你看起来很累.你最好不要熬夜.短语had (not)better do sth.:最好(不要)做某事;结合句意可知填not stay,选B.3.Look at eraser on the floor. Whose is it?A. aB. anC. theD. /【答案】C【解析】难度适中,考查冠词,这里是特指在桌上的东西,应该用定冠词the,答案选C.4.She always does her homework __________ than her brother.A. more carefulB. carefulC. more carefullyD. carefully【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:她总是比她哥哥做作业更仔细.考查副词比较级.A. more careful更仔细的,更小心的;B. careful 细心的,仔细的,小心的;C. more carefully更仔细地,更小心地;D. carefully细心地,仔细地,小心地.本句修饰动词does可知填副词,结合句中than(比,引出比较的对象)可知此句使用副词比较级,结合句意可知填more carefully,选C.5.I met many new words __________ I was reading the English novel.A. ifB. thoughC. beforeD. while【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意:我在读英语小说时遇到了许多生词.考查连词辨析.A. if如果,引导条件状语从句;B. though 即使,尽管,虽然,引导让步状语从句;C. before在…以前,引导时间状语从句,表示一件事情在另一件事情之前发生;D. while当…时候,引导时间状语从句,表示一段时间,后面常用进行时态,表示两件事情同时发生.结合句意可知选D.BPeter was the real Spiderman, but he ___6___ (A. doesn’t / B. didn’t) know the fact at that time. One day, he___7___ (A.is / B. was) having lunch in the school dining hall. A strong boy wanted to bully him because Peter was ___8___ (A. thin / B. strong) and short. Peter got very angry and hit the boy with his fist but he didn’t use too ___9___(A. many / B. much) force. Surprisingly, the boy lay down on the ground and couldn’t ___10___(A. get / B. got) up. At that moment Peter knew that he had some unusual power, but he didn’t know how a nd when to use it.【答案】6. B 7. B8. A 9. B10. A【解析】本文主要内容:彼得是真正的蜘蛛侠,但他当时不知道这个事实.一天,他在学校食堂吃午饭.一个强壮的男孩想欺负他,因为彼得又瘦又矮.彼得很生气,用拳头打了那个男孩,但他没有用太大的力气.令人惊讶的是,男孩躺在地上,站不起来.这时,彼得知道他有某种不寻常的力量,但他不知道如何以及何时使用它. 【6题详解】句意:彼得是真正的蜘蛛侠,但那时他不知道这个事实.本句是but连接的并列句,一般情况下but前后句子时态一致,根据Peter was the real Spiderman是一般过去时,可知此句时态是一般过去时,故选B.【7题详解】句意:一天,他在学校食堂吃午饭.本句时态是一般过去时,结合上下文可知此句时态是过去进行时,故选B.【8题详解】句意:一个强壮的男孩想欺负他,因为彼得又瘦又矮.根据上文“一个强壮的男孩想欺负他”可知原因是“彼得又瘦又矮.”thin 瘦的,苗条的,可知选A.【9题详解】句意:彼得很生气,用拳头打了那个男孩,但他没有用太大的力气.force :力气,武力;势力,魄力,不可数名词.too many :太多,修饰可数名词复数,too much 太多,修饰不可数名词.结合句意可知选填much ,选B.【10题详解】句意:令人惊讶的是,男孩躺在地上,站不起来.couldn’t 是情态动词,后面跟动词原形,可知填get ;可知选A.二、 完形填空.Body LanguageSince we have realized that our eyes, face, hands, and feet speak a lot about our personality (个性) there has been a growing interest in knowing how to read ___11___ language.What’s in the face? Our face is like a window to our feelings. Face is a kind of communication. Look at your friend’s ___12___ and you will know what he is feeling about. Narrowing (变窄) eyes with mouth turned down means sadness. Eyes wide open with an open mouth are signs of ___13___.Eyes are windows to your ___14___. You cannot help but notice the bright in one’s eyes if he is very ___15___. You may look at someone with a pleasant expression while you are talking to him. Well done! This surely means that you draw his attention. If a person looks away too often from you, it could either mean that he isn’t interested in you or that he is not confident of himself. So look into his eyes, and he will feel ___16___ and get encouraged.We may not pay attention to hands or legs while talking of feelings. However, the way we use our hands while talking, the placement of our legs while sitting, all our feelings and personality. If someone is always shaking his leg while sitting, then there is ___17___ that’s troubling him. Shaking hands strongly with another means someone is confident.Reading body language, communicating with others may be more moving and interesting.11. A. soundB. bodyC. EnglishD. foreign 12. A. eyesB. legsC. handsD. face 13. A. happiness B. sadness C. surprise D. interest14. A. mouth B. heart C. stomach D. ears15. A. angry B. sorry C. happy D. proud16. A. bored B. tired C. surprised D. confident17. A. something B. nothing C. everything D. anything【答案】11. B 12. D 13. C 14. B 15. C 16. D 17. A【解析】【分析】本文主要谈论体态语.我们的脸就像是我们感情的窗户.看看你朋友的脸,你就会知道他是怎么想的.眼睛变窄,嘴巴向下,意味着悲伤.眼睛睁得大大的,嘴巴张开,是惊讶的迹象.眼睛是你心灵的窗户.如果一个人非常快乐,你会情不自禁地注意到他眼中的亮光.如果一个人经常把目光从你身上移开,这可能意味着他对你不感兴趣,也可能意味着他对自己没有信心.所以,看着他的眼睛,他会感到自信并得到鼓励.如果有人坐着的时候总是在摇晃他的腿,那么有什么事情困扰着他.与他人用力地握手表示他自信.【11题详解】句意:自从我们意识到我们的眼睛、脸、手和脚都在诉说我们的个性,我们就越来越有兴趣了解如何阅读肢体语言.A. sound声音;B. body身体;C. English英语;D. foreign外国的.body language:肢体语言.根据上文“我们的眼睛、脸、手和脚都在诉说我们的个性”可知是“肢体语言”,选B.【12题详解】句意:看看你朋友的脸,你就会知道他是怎么想的.考查名词辨析.A. eyes眼睛;B. legs腿;C. hands手;D. face脸.根据上文Face is a kind of communication.(脸是一种交流.)可知此句“看看你朋友的脸,你就会知道他是怎么想的.”选D.【13题详解】句意:眼睛睁得大大的,嘴巴张开,是惊讶的迹象.考查名词辨析.A. happiness幸福,快乐;B. sadness伤心;C. surprise惊讶,惊喜;D. interest兴趣.结合句意可知选C.【14题详解】句意:眼睛是你心灵的窗户.考查名词辨析.A. mouth嘴巴;B. heart心脏;C. stomach胃,肚子;D. ears耳朵.根据常识结合句意可知选B.【15题详解】句意:如果一个人非常快乐,你会情不自禁地注意到他眼中的亮光.考查形容词辨析.A. angry愤怒的,生气的;B. sorry伤心的,难过的;C. happy开心的,幸福的,高兴的;D. proud自豪的,骄傲的.结合句意可知选C.【16题详解】句意:所以,看着他的眼睛,他会感到自信并得到鼓励.考查形容词辨析.A. bored无聊的,无趣的,烦人的;B. tired疲倦的,困倦的;C. surprised惊讶的,惊奇的;D. confident自信的,深信的.结合句意可知选D. 【17题详解】句意:如果有人坐着的时候总是在摇晃他的腿,那么有什么事情正困扰着他.考查不定代词.A. something某事,一般用于肯定句中;B. nothing没有什么东西,无物;C. everything一切,所有东西;D. anything任何事情,任何东西,一般用在疑问句和否定句中.本句是肯定句,结合句意可知选A.【点睛】完形填空是一卷难度最大的题.它集阅读理解、语法、词法、句法于一体,是考查语言综合运用的能力的一道题.解题的方法第一要带着空通读文章,搞清事件发生的背景.本题主要考查词义辨析:名词辨析、形容词副词辨析、冠词辨析、介词连词辨析等,做此类型题时,要知道每一个词的意义,然后结合上下文背景语境,短语结合语境选择正确的选项.三、阅读理解.阅读下面四篇文章,选择最佳答案.AWelcome to our holiday Activity CoursesWe offer holiday activity courses for young people aged between 7-15 years old and operate during every school holiday except Christmas. We have a track: record of excellence and have been delivering holiday activity courses for over 20 years.Master ChefMaster Chef is a practical cooking experience for young people who want to try their hand in the kitchen. You will be taught tips and techniques (技能)as well as cooking something different every day. We, will supply everything, and all you need is a willingness to try something new.Cost: $140Musical TheatreThe young people will have the chance to develop their acting and singing skills through many exciting workshops. They will learn basic singing techniques, improve acting skills and create plays to develop their creativity.At the end of the week children will perform to parents in Prep Hall at 3:20 pm.Cost: $135Water SportsWe take Children to the Marine Lake for water sports. Activities include sailing, windsurfing and power boasting. We will supple wetsuits and children should bring their own footwear, swimwear and a T-shirt. A packed lunch will be provided. Transport to the Marine Lake is by school minibus.Cost: $160JudoJudo—meaning “gentle way” is a modern martial art(武术)and Olympic sport. The Judo course is led by a fully trained instructor and it is open to all levels; beginners are welcome.Cost: $160Children attending the course are on holiday; so it is important for them to have lots of fun and make new friends while learning new skills. With so many fantastic courses on offer, we are Wirral’s leading Holiday Activity Course Provider.We look forward to welcoming you!18. What’s the cost of Master Chef?A. $140B. $135C. $260D. $16019. Which course provides a packed lunch?A. Master ChefB. Musical TheaterC. Water sportsD. Judo20. The passage in a (n) __________.A. letterB. storyC. poemD. advertisement【答案】18. A 19. C 20. D【解析】【分析】本文是一则广告.介绍假日活动课程.他们为7-15岁的年轻人提供节日活动课程.重点介绍了厨师,音乐剧,水上运动和柔道等课程.【18题详解】题意:厨师课费用是多少?根据Master Chef课程介绍的最后一句Cost: $140可知学厨师的费用140元,故选A.19题详解】题意:哪门课提供盒装午餐?根据Water Sports课程的介绍的第二段第二句A packed lunch will be provided.(午餐提供一顿盒饭.)可知Water Sports(水上运动)提供盒装午餐;选C.【20题详解】题意:这篇文章是一(个、则…) _____________.考查主旨理解题.A. letter信;B. story故事;C. poem诗,韵文;D. advertisement 广告.根据标题《欢迎参加我们的假日活动课程》可知此文是一则广告;故选D.【点睛】阅读理解最能体现学生的英语能力的题型,分值较高.如何通过解题方法的掌握来提升自己解答阅读理解题的技巧是学生最关心的问题.初中阅读理解一般考查学生的细节理解能力,主旨理解能力和推理判断能力.做阅读理解题,首先要准确理解题意,然后根据题意根据短文内容做出正确的答案.(1)考查细节理解能力,此类型题较简单,准确理解题意后,直接到文中找出答案.(2)考查猜词能力.做这种题型时,要根据上下文意思准确猜出词意.3)考查推理判断能力,此类题型较难,准确理解题意后,在文中找出相关的内容做出合理的推断.(4)考查主旨理解题.此类题型需通读全文,整体把握,根据本文主要内容选择合适的选项.BHave you ever read Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland? It was written by Lewis Carroll. He was an English writer, poet, scientist, photographer, and priest. His real name was Charles Lutwidge Dodgson, and Lewis Carroll was his pen name. He was born in 1832 and died in 1898.He is most famous for writing two children’s fantasy books about a young girl called Alice. They were titled Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland (1865) and through the looking-Glass (1872).He also wrote two famous poems called “The Hunting of the Snake” and “The Jabberwocky”. What is important about these poems is that he made up many new words to use in them. He was an expert at “word play” and used words in many different ways. Some of these ways were quite new. And this has influenced members of the literary elite who are well educated about English. Many people still study his work and his life today.Although they seem to have been written for children, Lewis Carroll’s books and poems have been enjoyed by peopl e of all ages. If you have not read Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland, which is also referred to by the short title Alice in Wonderland, you should read it soon. No matter how old you are, you will find it exciting and enjoyable. 21. Who wrote Alice’s Adven tures in Wonderland?A. Charles Dodgson.B. JabberwockyC. AliceD. Jane Fleeb.22. How many poems did Lewis Carroll write?A. One.B. Two.C. Three.D. Four. 23. From the passage, we know __________ like reading Alice in Wonderland .A. only childrenB. young peopleC. only adultsD. people of all ages24. According to the passage, we can infer Lewis Carroll was __________.A. a woman writerB. a Japanese writerC. an American writerD. an imaginative writer【答案】21. A 22. B 23. D 24. D【解析】本文主要介绍英国作家刘易斯·卡罗尔.他是英国作家、诗人、科学家、摄影师和牧师.他的真名是查尔斯·路德维吉·多奇森,刘易斯·卡罗尔是他的笔名.他生于1832年,死于1898年.他最出名的是写了两本关于儿童的书---《爱丽丝梦游仙境》和《走到镜子里》;他还写了两首著名的诗---《猎蛇》和《贾伯沃基》.【21题详解】题意:谁写了《爱丽丝梦游仙境》?考查细节理解题.根据第一段第一、二句Have you ever read Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland? It was written by Lewis Carroll.(你读过《爱丽丝梦游仙境》吗?这是刘易斯·卡罗尔写的.)和第四句His real name was Charles Lutwidge Dodgson, and Lewis Carroll was his pen name.(他的真名是查尔斯·路德维吉·多奇森,刘易斯·卡罗尔是他的笔名.)可知Charles Dodgson写了《爱丽丝梦游仙境》,选A.【22题详解】题意:刘易斯·卡罗尔写了多少首诗?考查细节理解题.根据第三段第一句He also wrote two famous poems called “The Hunting of the Snake” and “The Jabberwocky”.(他还写了两首著名的诗,分别叫《猎蛇》和《贾伯沃基》.)可知刘易斯·卡罗尔写了两首诗,故选B.【23题详解】题意:从这一段,我们知道_____________喜欢读《爱丽丝梦游仙境》.考查细节理解题.A. only children只有孩子;B. young people年轻人;C. only adults只有成年人;D. people of all ages各个年龄段的人.根据第四段第一句Although they seem to have been written for children, Lewis Carroll’s books and poems have been enjoyed by people of all ages.(虽然这些书似乎是为孩子们写的,但刘易斯·卡罗尔的书和诗却被各个年龄段的人所喜爱.)可知各个年龄段的人喜欢读《爱丽丝梦游仙境》.选D.【24题详解】题意:根据本文,我们可以推断出刘易斯·卡罗尔_________.考查细节理解题.A. a woman writer女作家;B. a Japanese writer日本作家;C. an American writer美国作家;D. an imaginative富有想象力的作家.根据第三段第二句What is important about these poems is that he made up many new words to use in them. He was an expert at “word play” and used words in many different ways. Some of these ways were quite new.(这些诗最重要的是他编造了许多新词用在其中.他是“文字游戏”的专家,用词的方式多种多样.其中一些方法是相当新的.)可知“刘易斯·卡罗尔是富有想象力的作家.”可知选D.CThe population of the Earth is growing faster. It is important that we look after the Earth. We need it!The Earth gives us a lot of things. We also give the Earth a lot, but some of the things are not good.In nature, when something dies, other animals and plants get food from it. Every animal or plant gives food for other animals or plants. However, animals can’t get food from many of the things that we ‘give’ the Earth. Animals and plants can’t eat metal, plastic and glass. These things will stay in the ground for many, many years.Some rubbish is very dangerous for plants and animals. In some places, many animals live together. One animal makes food for many more animals. If we put rubbish and chemicals in the water, the plankton(浮游生物) can die. If there isn’t any plankton, many animals have nothing to eat.So what can we do? Don’t leave any rubbish in the countryside! Don’t make so much rubbish!25. The Earth gives us __________.A. foodB. rubbishC. chemicalsD. pollution26. When something dies in nature, __________.A. water and grass are pollutedB. plastic and wood become foodC. other animals and plants get foodD. metal and glass stay in the ground27. We must __________ to look after the Earth.A. put metal in the groundB. use more woodC. keep frogs in the waterD. make less rubbish【答案】25. A 26. C 27. D【解析】【25题详解】根据The Earth gives us a lot of things.及下文描述,可知地球为我们提供食物,而垃圾、化学物质和污染则是我们带给地球的.故选A.【26题详解】根据In nature, when something dies, other animals and plants get food from it.可知当自然界的一些东西死了,其他动物和植物从中获取食物.故选C.【27题详解】根据Don’t make so much rubbish!可知我们必须生产更少的垃圾来保护地球.故选D.DMany textbooks are not written in the kind of English that we speak every day. In fact, sometimes the reading is so difficult that it almost seems like a foreign language. In a way, it is — the language of science. You should not expect to be able to read a difficult science passage the same way you read an interesting story; you should not expect to read it easily and all at once. Instead, you may have to read it several times through, catching on the meaning of difficult words, going back over difficult sentences, and finally putting the whole thing together. Do not be discouraged if the whole passage don’t make sense to you at first. You need to pick it apart patiently until you can understand it.These are the steps to follow when you are reading something difficult:1. Start to read normally until you run into a sentence that doesn’t make sense to you.2. When a sentence doesn’t make sense, go back and read it again more slowly.3. Look for any word you don’t know in the sentence. Try to understand their meanings using word parts and context clues(上下文线索). If necessary, look them up in the dictionary.4. Look at the next few sentences to see if they explain more about the sentence you are working on. Do not read very much farther ahead until you understand what is being said.5. Finally, read the sentence again. Try to put it into simpler words.6. Read through the passage once. Try to understand all the hard parts well. Then read the whole passage once more at a usual speed. This helps you to put all ideas together.。
八年级英语第一学期期末测试卷(问卷)
八年级英语第一学期期末测试卷(问卷)八年级英语第一学期期末测试卷(问卷)(时间:90分钟满分:120分)1.听力部分(20分)一.听对话,回答问题:(共5小题,计10分)听下面一段对话,回答第1和第2两个小题.现在,你有10秒钟的时间阅读这两题.每段对话读两遍1.--What’sthe matter with the woman?-She has a________.A. toothacheB. stomachacheC. sore throat2.What doesthe man think she should do?A. See a tor.B. Lie down and rest.C. Drink some hot water.听下面一段对话,回答第3至第5三个小题.现在,你有15秒钟的时间阅读这三题.3.What doesThomas usually do on weekends?A. Watch TV.B. Go shopping.C. E_ercise.4.What doesTed sometimes do on weekends?A. Watch TV.B. Read books.C. E_ercise.5.What doesTed often do when he is reading a book?A. Drink milk.B. Eat junk food.C. Watch TV.二.听短文,选择正确答案(共5小题,计10分):听下面一篇短文,并按短文的要求在试卷上完成任务.然后你会看到五个问题和相关的选项,请从中选出最佳选项.现在,你有15秒钟的时间阅读这五小题.短文读两遍Countriessituationsgood mannersChinaVisit a Chinese family6ChinaThe door opensDon’t move before the host says 〝Come in〞.ChinaCome into the room7ChinaA cup of tea is put on a tea tableSay 〝Thank you〞 and receive it with your two hands.JapanBefore coming into the house89Keep your shoes clean.Malaysia10EnglandFinish a drink or the food to show that he has enjoyed it.6.When youvisit a Chinese family, you should ______________.A. take off your shoes firstB. knock at the door firstC. open the door first7. You can’t ________ until the host asks you to when you come into a Chinese room.A. stand upB. drink a cup of teaC. sit down8. Before you come into a Japanese family,you must_________.A. drink a cup of tea firstB. keep the shoesclean first C. take off yourshoes first9. It is good manners to keep your shoesclean in_________.A. ChinaB. JapanC. France10. In Malaysia when you eat, you’d better_____________.A. leave some food on the tableB. finish all food on the tableC. drink some waterfirst笔试部分(计100分)三.单项选择.(共20小题,计20分)1. --- Look at______old man. Who is he?--- Sorry, I don’t know.A. anB. /C. aD. the2. ---Do you knowanything about the singer Jay?---Yeah.I heard that he speaks English best in the family, but he speaks Chinese ______in the family.A. bestB.worstC. betterD. worse3. -- ________didCharles Osborne hiccup?--He hiccupped 69years.A. When; inB. How; forC. Why; /D. How long; for4. si_teen, Edison began to sellnewspapers on the train.A. When the age wasB. At the age ofC. By the age ofD. On the age of5. –Is yourgrandmother still ?--Of course. She with my aunt in the countryside.A. live; livesB. living; aliveC. alive; livesD. live; alive6. I am ________than most of the kids in myclass and my best friend Mary is quiet, too.A. funnierB. quieterC. more athleticD. smarter7. If youare_________, listening to music is good for you.A. hungryB. thirstyC.stressed outD. weak8. It’s easy tohave a _____ lifestyle, and it’s important _____ a balanced diet.A. healthy, eatB. health, eatingC. health, toeat D. healthy, to eat9. The Englishshort play made all of us _______.A. to cryB.laugh C.eating D.dance10. ---When didthe young man thearmy? ---In _.A. joinB. join inC.take part in D. enter11. ---Can youguess who will be the first to cross the finish line?---Sandy. Jane didn’t run sofast_______ she did last time.A. thanB. soC. thatD. as12. You are never ________ young _________start doing things.A. so...thatB. between...andC. too...toD. more...than13. Li Ming can’tcome to help us this afternoon. He has got _______.A. something important to doB.important something to doC. to do important somethingD. to do some important14. ---How longdoes it take you to do your homework every day?---It _____ me two hours.A. spendsB.takes C.is D. are15. I often waitfor my mother ________ she comes home.A. afterB. whenC. becauseD. until16. You looktired. You should _____.A. play basketballB. go campingC. go fishingD. liedown and rest17. --- Must weclean the classroom now?---No, you _______.A. mustn’tB.may not C.can’t D.needn’t18. In my class,85% students ride bikes to school. So students get to school by bike.A. allB. moreC. mostD. a few19. I liketalking with others. But Tom doesn’t. He often reads books. So Tom is than I am.A. funnierB. more outgoingC. wilderD. calmer20.--What _____ didyou do?-- I hung out with my friendand took some photos.A. elseB. otherC. moreD. the other四.完型填空(共15小题,计15分)We know that trees areuseful in our everyday life. They 21 us many things, such as wood,o_ygen(氧气),rubber,medicines and many other 22 .They can 23 tell us a lot about ourclimate(气候).The followingare the reasons:Ifyou 24 a tree, you can see that it 25 many rings(年轮).Most trees growone new ring 26 year. Because of this reason , we know 27 a tree is. A tree over a hundred yearsold 28 that it has more than ahundred 29 .When the climate is dry or verycold, the trees do not grow very much and their rings are usually30 .When it is wet and warm, the ringsare much thicker. If the rings are suddenly very thin or suddenly very 31 ,this means that the climate 32 changed. If we 33 the rings on this tree, we can learnabout the 34 for a hundred years. We can see 35 our climate is changing today.21.A.tell B. ask C. give D. get22. A. yearsB. thingsC. treesD. reasons23. A. not B. too C. to D. also24.A.cut across B. climb up C. walk past D. look at25. A. isB. hasC. wasD. will be26. A. every B. many C. the first D. from27. A. howbig B. howlong C. how old D. how much28. A. takesB. meansC. getsD. begins29. A .trees B.leaves C.people D.rings30. A. big B.thick C.small D.thin31. A. longB. shortC. thickD. heavy32. A. suddenly B. happily C. hardly D. kindly33. A. lookforB. look atC. look upD.look out34. A. people B.things C. climate D. life35. A. how B.why C. when D. while五.阅读理解: 阅读下面文章,做出正确的选择(共15小题,计30分)AIn Japan there are many holidays andother great days. We can tell a few here.The fifthbirthday of a boy is a great day in the family. The boy puts on a shirt likethe one his father wears. It is an important moment in his life and means that hemust now be a manly little boy like his father. He must smile when he has pain (疼痛) or trouble. Hemust carry on.The day a girl becomes seven years oldis a big day in the family. She may now wear a sash (腰带) like the one her mother wears. Her friends and her mother’s friends come and drink tea andeat cakes. It means that the girl must now be a womanly little girl and help inthe home.One of the great holidays in Japan is theEmperor’s (天皇) birthday. Instead of school there are picnics, games, sports and speeches, as we have on our fourth of July in America.36. How manyholidays and great days are told of in the story?____________.A. OneB. TwoC. ThreeD. Four37. When a boybegins to wear a shirt like the one his father wears, _________.A. he isn’t a boyB. he needn’t go to schoolC. he must be a boy ofstrong character like his father D.he has no trouble38. Whichbirthday of a girl is a big day in her family?A. The si_thB. The seventhC. The eighthD.The seventeenth39. Japanesechildren don’t go to school on ___________?A. their fifth birthdaysB. their seventh birthdaysC. their fifth and seventhbirthdaysD. their emperor’s birthday40. From thestory we can know the writer is from _________.A. ChinaB.America C.England D. JapanBThe best way of learning alanguage is using it .The best way of learning English is talking in English asmuch as possible. Sometimes you’ll get your words mi_ed up and people will notunderstand you .Sometimes people will say things too quickly and you can’tunderstand them. But if you keep your sense of humor, you can always have agood laugh at the mistakes you make . Don’t be unhappy if people seem to belaughing at your mistakes. It is better for people to laugh at your mistakes than to be angry with you. because they don’t understand what you are saying .The most important thing for learning English is: 〝Don’t be afraid of makingmistakes because everyone makes mistakes. 〞41. The writerthinks that the best way for you to learn a language is ________.A. writingB. using itC. listeningD. learning grammar42. What shouldyou do in learning English?A. Be careful not to makeany mistakes . B.Write as quickly as you can .C .Speak English as much asyou can. D .Laughmore often .43. When peoplelaugh at your mistakes, you should ___________.A. not careB. be happyC. feel worriedD. be unhappy44. When you makea mistake, you should _______.A. keep quietB. get angryC. be kindD. keep your sense ofhumor45. The storytells us 〝__________〞.A. Only foolish people makemistakes B. Fewpeople make mistakesC. People never makemistakes D.There is no one who doesn’t make mistakes第二节:将下列图画中的A.B.C.D.E与 46-50 的小短文进行正确匹配.A.B.C.D.E.46. On Saturday mornings, my father playsTaiji in the parks. He’s too busy in the week to have sports, so he alwaysfinds some time on Saturday morning to do that. It goes without saying he’splaying Taiji again this coming Saturday. I’m quite sure he’s doing it. Heloves Taiji quan, you see.47. Mom is taking me to the dentistSaturday morning. I had a toothache yesterday and mom said my tooth decay can’twait any longer. Yuck! Another bad time at the dentist’s this Saturday!48. In the afternoon, I’ m going fishing.Fishing is my favorite sport. No one in my family can catch more fish than me.When I get home, Mother will cook some fish. Mmmm, delicious fish!49. Now, this Saturday evening. My parentsand my little sister, Annie, are seeing a new Disney movie at Grand Theater. Annie loves Disney movies and she never misses a new one. But I’ m not going.Cartoon pictures are only for young children.50. I’m not going anywhere in the eveningwhen the rest of my family are at the restaurant. I’m surfing the Internet onmy laptop computer, I think. I need to find something for my school lessons ne_tweek. Computer helps me a lot on my lessons, you know.六.词语填空.(共10分,根据上下文的需要,用所给词的正确形式填入空缺, 每空1分)warm, call, light, but, danger, above, sink, land, towards, tryNot many people have seen icebergs.Sailors(船员) sometimes see them but they 51 to keep away from them. We call the topand bottom of the world the South and North Poles(南北极). Here there is ice over the sea and the 52 . The ice is often thousands ofmeters thick. The ice often moves slowly down 53 the sea. Then big pieces of ice break offand float(漂浮) on the sea. We 54these big pieces of ice 〝icebergs〞.Most of an iceberg is under the water.Ice is only a little 55 than water. The top of an iceberg may notbe near 56 a ship, 57 the ship hits the iceberg below thewater.Then the ship 58 .Sometimes the water becomes 59 . The bottom of the iceberg becomessmaller and smaller. Then it turns right over. Sometimes it hits a ship. Icebergs are often very beautiful but they are also 60 .七.单词拼写.(共10分) (每空一词,必要时改变词形,每空1分 )61. Li Yundi istalented on music. He is a f_______ Chinese pianist.62. The boy gotlost in the forest for a month. When people found him, he was still a .63. Deng Yaping isan outstanding ping-pong player, and she got many m in hersports life.64. Eat a balanceddiet to s_______ healthy.65. This bo_ ish_______ than that one.66. I have a toothache. I have to see a__________(牙医).67. Yesterday was my _______ (15岁) birthday .68. ---What are you doing for _________(假期)? --- I’m going visiting theGreat Wall.69.Motheralways cleans the _________(客厅)on Saturday.70. This movie theater has the most _______(舒适的) seats.八.这是某中学学生的爱好调查表.请仔细阅读,先描述该调查的结果,然后选择其中两项内容发表你自己的观点,并说明赞成或不赞成的原因,请你给21th英语报撰写一篇你的观点文章.(75字左右)开头部分已写好,请接着往下写.HobbiesAgreeDisagreeSurfing the Internet3614Eating snacks2525Favorite singers/ movie stars1040Wedid a survey about middle school student’s hobbies. Here are the results. First,mostof students agree to surf the Internet.Theseare all of my opinions. I think we’d better spend more time on useful things.八年级英语第一学期期末测试卷(答卷)(时间:90分钟满分:120分)一.听对话,回答问题(共5小题,计10分)1. ____________2.___________ 3. __________ 4. ___________ 5. __________二.听短文, 完成任务(共5小题,计10分)6.____________ 7. ___________ 8._________ 9. ___________ 10. __________三.单项填空(共20小题,计20分)1. ____2. ____3. ____4. ____5.____6. ____7.____8.____9_____10.____11.____12. ____13. ____14. ____15.____16 __ _17.__ _18.__ _19. ____ 20. ____四.完型填空(共10小题,计15分)21.____ 22. ____ 23. ____ 24. ____ 25.____ 26 ___ 27.___ 28.___29. ____ 30. ____ 31. _____ 32. ____ 33. ____ 34. ____ 35.___五.阅读理解(共15小题,计30分)36. _____37.____ 38.____39____40.____ 41._____42. ____ 43. ____44. ____45.____46._____47. ____ 48. ____ 49. ______50.______六.词语填空(共10小题,计10分)51.___________52. _____ _____ 53. ___________54. _________ 55. __________56.__________57. ___________ 58. ___________ 59. _________60. _________七.单词拼写(共10小题,计10分)61. ____________62.___________63. __________ 64. _________65._________66. ___________ 67.__________68.__________ 69.___________70____________八.书面表达 (共1题, 计15分) 这是某中学学生的爱好调查表.请仔细阅读,先描述该调查的结果,然后选择其中两项内容发表你自己的观点,并说明赞成或不赞成的原因,请你给21th英语报撰写一篇你的观点文章.(75字左右)开头部分已写好,请接着往下写.HobbiesAgreeDisagreeSurfing the Internet3614Eating snacks2525Favorite singers/ movie stars1040We did a survey aboutmiddle school student’s hobbies. Here are the results. First,most ofstudents agree to surf the Internet.______________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ _____These areall of my opinions. I think we’d better spend more time on useful things._学年第一学期期末测试八年级英语听力部分及参考答案一.听对话,回答问题:听下面两段对话,每段对话后有几个小题,请从题中所给的A.B.C三个选项中选出最佳选项.每段对话读两遍. (共5小题,计10分)听下面一段对话,回答第1和第2两个小题.现在,你有10秒钟的时间阅读这两题.M:What’s the matter with you?W:I’m not feeling well. I have a stomachache.M:When did it start?W:About three days ago.M:Oh, that’s too bad. Maybe you should see a tor.W:Yes, I think so.M:I hope you’ll feel better soon.W:Thank you.听下面一段对话,回答第3至第5三个小题.现在,你有15秒钟的时间阅读这三题.W:Thanks for coming for the interview, Thomas and Ted?M:That’s OK.W:What do you usually do on weekends, Thomas?M:I usually e_ercise, and sometimes I go shopping.W:How about you, Ted?M:I never go shopping. I can’t stand shopping. I usually read books, and sometimes I watch TV.W:How often do you drink milk, Thomas?M:Every day. It’s good for my health.W:And you, Ted?M:Never. I don’t like milk at all. It’s awful.W:Then what do you like, Ted?M:I like junk food. I often eat it when I am watching TV or readinga book.W:Well, thank you very much.M:You’re welcome.二.听短文,完成下列表格.Different countriesand different people have different manners. We must find out their customs, sothat they will not think us impolite. Here are some e_amples of things that aperson with good manners does or does not do. If you visit a Chinese family youshould knock at the door first. When the door opens you will not move before the host says 〝Come in, please.〞 After you come into the room you won’t sitdown until the host asks you to. When a cup of tea is put on a tea table beforeyou or sent to your hand, you will say 〝 Thank you〞 and receive it with yourtwo hands, or they will think you are not polite. Before coming into the housein Japan it is good manners to take off your shoes. In European countries, ifyour shoes become very dirty, this is not done. In a Malay house, a guest neverfinishes the food on the table .He leaves a little to show that he has had enough. In England, a guest always finishes a drink or the food to show that hehas enjoyed it. This will make the host very pleased.参考答案一.听对话,回答问题(共5小题,计10分)BA CAB二.听短文,完成任务(共5小题,计10分)BCCCA三.单项填空(共20小题,每小题1分,计20分)DBDBCBCDBA DCABD DDCDA四.完形填空(共10小题,计15分)CBDABACBDD CABCA五.阅读理解(共15小题,计30分) CCBDB BCADD EACBD六.词语填空 (共10小题,计10分)51.try nd 53.towards 54.call 55.lighter56.above 57.but 58.sinks 59.warm 60.dangerous评分标准: 词选对但词形错误得一半分.七.单词拼写(共10小题,计10分)61. famous 62. alive 63. medals 64.stay 65. heavier66. dentist 67.fifteenth 68.vacation 69. livingroom 70. comfortable评分标准:单词写错不得分.八.书面表达Wedid a survey about middle school student’s hobbies. Here are the results. First,most of students agree to surf the Internet. As for eating snacks, students are dividedin two parts. Half agree, and half disagree. What’s more, almost all the students disagree to admire singers and movie stars. Only a few people like this hobby.In my opinion, I don’t thinkeating snacks is bad for our health. For instance, we can eat some when we arehungry. Besides I disagree to admire singers or movie stars too, because theyare only some fashion people in singing or acting. Another reason is that Iprefer people who are intellectual and educated.Theseare all of my opinions. I think we’d better spend more time on useful things.。
人教版八年级上学期英语《期末检测试卷》(带答案解析)
人教版英语八年级上学期期末测试卷语法选择阅读下面短文, 在每小题所给的四个选项中, 选出一个最佳答案, 并将答题卡对应题目所选的选项涂黑.We often watch movies about the future. What will the future and our life be like in 20 years? Our world___1___ much more beautiful than now. There will be less ___2___ There will be more robots in our life. They can help us ___3___ the housework and do some simple jobs. Fewer people will do such jobs because these jobs are___4___ . The robots even can talk with humans and have their own feeling such as sadness and happiness. Some will look like humans and ___5___ may look like animals.How about me? Maybe in 20 years, I think I will be a pilot. As a pilot, I can ___6___ all over the world and meet many interesting people. I will keep a dog as a pet in my home. And I also have ___7___ robot helper. ___8___ I leave my city because of work, the robot can help me to look after it. During the holiday, my robot will make different plans for me and tell me ___9___ money each plan needs. Then I can choose the _____10_____ plan.No one knows what will happen in the future? So Let's wait!1. A. will be B. is C. was D. will2. A. pollute B. pollution C. polluting D. polluted3. A. for B. about C. with D. in4. A. happy B. happily C. bored D. boring5. A. the other B. another C. others D. other6. A. travel B. traveling C. to travel D. traveled7. A. a B. an C. the D. /8. A. Because B. When C. But D. However9. A. how long B. how far C. how much D. how many10. A. more B. less C. good D. best完形填空阅读下面短文, 在每小题所给的四个选项中, 选出一个最佳答案, 并将答题卡对应题目所选的选项涂黑.Liu Rui, a 15-year-old boy from Guangdong, began to wear glasses at the age of five. Most students in Liu's class wear glasses. In fact, half of Chinese teenagers are near-sighted (近视). But young people aren't the only ones with eyesight (视力)___11___ in China. This is ___12___because of the long-time use of the eyes when people are studying or working. Many people spend a lot of time ___13___ books and electronic devices (电子设备). It makes eyes tired. Also, many people know that reading under dark light is ___14___ for their eyes.Many people wonder why eating too much sugar is another reason. Scientists ___15___ that eating too much sugar can do bad to your eyes too. That's because too much sugar in the body brings a shortage(缺乏)of vitamin B1. It is very bad for your eyes. How to protect your eyes? Many scientists give ___16___ on how to better protect your eyes:Follow the 20-20-20 ___17___ : Every 20 minutes, take away any electronic devices you are using. Then, watch 20-meter-away trees for ___18___ 20 seconds.A study shows that kids spending more time outside are not easy to ___19___ near-sighted. when you're outside, your eyes have ____20____ time to watch greens.At the same time, your eyes can get more sunlight. 1t can help your eves grow and stay healthy as well.11. A. questions B. problems C. mistakes D. actions12. A. luckily B. quickly C. seriously D. mainly13. A. seeing B. reading C. looking D. writing14. A. bad B. good C. easy D. difficult15. A. disagree B. wonder C. believe D. refuse16. A. advice B. resolutions C. examples D. discussions17. A. event B. result C. service D. rule18. A. at last B. at least C. at most D. at once19. A. become B. catch C. bring D. expect20. A. more B. less C. fewer D. faster阅读理解阅读A, B两篇短文, 从每小题所给的四个选项中, 选出能回答所提问题或完成所给句子的最佳答案, 并将答题卡上对应题目所选的选项涂黑.AIt is important to sort(分类)your rubbish. If you sort your rubbish, you are helping to protect the environment and save our earth. If you don't do this, the rubbish will be everywhere and we can't plant things on them. Some kinds of rubbish will pollute the soil(泥土)and the water. For example, the bad things in phones can run out and pollutethe ground. Other rubbish, like some parts of pens, can be used to make other things.Here are four kinds of rubbish:Recyclable(可循环的):Things that can be reused, such as paper, metal (金属), glass and old clothes.Wet: It is also called "household waste" "You don't want these things but pigs can eat," Guangzhou Daily saidHarmful(有害的): such as medicine, batteries(电池)and phones.If you throw them away, they may pollute the soil and water.Others: It is also called "Dry". Any waste that doesn't belong to (属于).Wet, Recyclable or Harmful.21. How many kinds of rubbish can we sort?A. Two.B. Three.C. Four.D. Five.22. Which kind of rubbish do the useless phones belong to?A. RecyclableB. WetC. Dry.D. Harmful.23. Which of the following is NOT TRUE about the "Wet"?A. Pigs can eat them.B. It will pollute the soil and water.C. We can call it "household waste".D. Banana skin is one kind of Wet rubbish.24.What will happen if we don't sort the rubbish? A. We will have fewer places to grow plants. B. All of the rubbish will pollute the soil and water.C. We are helping to save our earth.D. We will have a better environment.25. Where can we find this article(文章)?A. A movie.B. A newspaper.C. A story book.D. A dictionary.BMany Chinese basketball fans were sad on Sept 8, China lost an important World Cup game against Nigeria on the day. Because of it, China was out of the 2019 International Basketball Federation (FIBA) World Cup. It also lost a chance(机会)to take hart in next year's Tokyo Olympic Games.Yi Jianlian is the leader(队长)of the Chinese men's national basketball team. He said. "The chance is rare for all of us, because it will be a long time for us to have such a big game in China again." he told China Daily. "You can feel excited and special when you win for my country. It's very meaningful for the national team and for me to play in the World Cup in front of the Chinese."With this patriotism(爱国精神)in mind, Yi carried the team on his shoulders, though his ankle(膝盖)was hurt. He did everything he could against Nigeria and got 27 points all on his own during the game.But just a few minutes before the game ended, Yi's ball was stopped and the team was sure to lose. He hit the ground and shouted with anger. Later, Yi said it was hard to accept the loss. "But we can not give up because of the loss tonight. We still need to work hard and hold our heads up high in future matches," Yi said.26. When was the game between China and Nigeria?A. On Aug. 8B. On Sep. 1C. On Sep. 8D. On Aug. 2727. What did Yi think of the match?A. special and meaningfulB. sad and surprisingC. exciting and tiringD. usual and boring28. What would happen to China's basketball team after they lost the game?A. The team would have more matches in FIBA.B. The team would lose a lot of money.C. The team wouldn't go to Tokyo Olympic Games in 2020.D. The team wouldn't play games in China anymore.29. What does the underlined word "rare" mean?A. 众多的B. 难忘的C. 普通的D. 稀有的30. What's the main idea of the passage?A. Keeping work hard though we fail.B. Giving up when we fail.C. Taking part in Tokyo Olympic Games.D. Cheering up our National basketball team C. 配对阅读.左栏是五人的情况介绍, 右栏是七本书的简介, 请为每一个人选择最合适的书.短文填空请用适当的词完成下面的短文, 并把所缺单词填写在答题卡指定的位置上.每个空只能填写一个形式正确、意义相符的单词.A man came home from work late. He felt tired. But he was surprised to find his 5-year-old son waiting____36____him at the door."Daddy, how much money do you ____37____ each hour?""If you must know, I make $20 each hour.""Oh," the little boy answered, with his head down. He thought for a moment, looked up and said, "Daddy,___38___ you lend me $10?"The father was angry and said, "____39____you ask for the money to buy a toy, then go back to your room and think about why you are always thinks of playing!"The little boy____40____back to his room. After a short time, the father calmed down(冷静), and started to think, "Maybe he really needs to buy something and he doesn't really ____41____ for money very often." So he went to the little boy's room."Sorry!My dear son." said the man, "Here's $10.""Oh, thank you, Daddy!" the little boy said ____42____ with a smile on his face.Then the boy took out some coins(硬币). When the father found that the boy already had money, he got___43___again."____44____do you want more money when you already have some?" the father shouted angrily."Because I didn't have enough, but now I do." the little boy answered, "Daddy, I have $20 now. Can I buy one hour of your time? Please come home _____45_____ tomorrow. I want have dinner with you."读写综合A. 回答问题Staying with a friend or family member is a great way to save some money when you travel But how can you be a great guest(客人)?46. What's the great way to save some money when you travel?_______________________________________________________________________________ 47. When do you need to talk to your kids about their manners?_______________________________________________________________________________ 48. What housework you'd better do after dinner?_______________________________________________________________________________ 49. How can you show thanks to you host family if you don't have time to shop?_______________________________________________________________________________ 50. How many pieces of advice are given to be a great guest?_______________________________________________________________________________B. 书面表达51.请谈论你最喜欢的一次假期旅行经历, 请你根据以下提示完成作文.1. 描述你最喜欢的一次假期旅行经历, 包括时间、地点、人物、活动.2. 谈论你对这次旅行经历的感受.3. 下次旅行你想去的地方是哪里?简要说明原因. 要求:文章内不得出现真实姓名, . 学校名等;作文长度不少于70词I'd like to share one of my traveling experiences with you ____________________________答案与解析语法选择阅读下面短文, 在每小题所给的四个选项中, 选出一个最佳答案, 并将答题卡对应题目所选的选项涂黑.We often watch movies about the future. What will the future and our life be like in 20 years? Our world___1___ much more beautiful than now. There will be less ___2___ There will be more robots in our life. They can help us ___3___ the housework and do some simple jobs. Fewer people will do such jobs because these jobs are___4___ . The robots even can talk with humans and have their own feeling such as sadness and happiness. Some will look like humans and ___5___ may look like animals.How about me? Maybe in 20 years, I think I will be a pilot. As a pilot, I can ___6___ all over the world and meet many interesting people. I will keep a dog as a pet in my home. And I also have ___7___ robot helper. ___8___ I leave my city because of work, the robot can help me to look after it. During the holiday, my robot will make different plans for me and tell me ___9___ money each plan needs. Then I can choose the _____10_____ plan.No one knows what will happen in the future? So Let's wait!1. A. will be B. is C. was D. will2. A. pollute B. pollution C. polluting D. polluted3. A. for B. about C. with D. in4. A. happy B. happily C. bored D. boring5. A. the other B. another C. others D. other6. A. travel B. traveling C. to travel D. traveled7. A. a B. an C. the D. /8. A. Because B. When C. But D. However9. A. how long B. how far C. how much D. how many10. A. more B. less C. good D. best【答案】1. A 2. B 3. C 4. D 5. C 6. A 7. A 8. B 9. C 10. D【解析】本文设想未来生活的样子,和机器人在未来生活有什么作用.【1题详解】句意:我们的世界将比现在美丽得多.will be将来时;一般现在时;was过去时;will将会,助动词,根据than now比现在,可知本句为将来时,much more beautiful形容词比较级,可知空处应填系动词,构成系表结构,所以用系动词的将来时will be,故选A.【2题详解】句意:会有更少的污染.pollute污染,动词;pollution污染,名词;polluting污染,动名词;polluted污染,过去分词,由There will be…,可知本句为“there be +名词”结构,并且less更少,形容词比较级,此处修饰名词,所以用名词pollution,故选B.【3题详解】句意:他们可以帮我们做家务,做一些简单的工作.for为了;about有关;with和;in在…里,动词短语help sb. with sth.意为“帮某人做某事”,故选C.【4题详解】句意:做这种工作的人越来越少,因为这些工作很令人厌烦.happy高兴,形容词;happily高兴,副词;bored感到厌烦;boring令人厌烦,根据Fewer people will do such jobs,可知这些工作令人厌烦,故选D.【5题详解】句意:有些看起来像人类,有些看起来像动物.the other两者中的另一个;another另一个;others别的( other的名词复数);other其他的(指两个人或事物中的第二个)那个,some...others 表示一些……另外一些,others 指代other robots,故选C.【6题详解】句意:作为飞行员,我可以周游世界,结识许多有趣的人.travel旅行,动词原形;traveling动名词或现在分词;to travel动词不定式;traveled过去式或过去分词,根据空前情态动词can,可知空处用动词原形travel,故选A.【7题详解】句意:我还有个机器人助手.a不定冠词,泛指一个,放在辅音音素前;an不定冠词,泛指一个,放在元音音素前;the定冠词,表示特指.根据句意,这里泛指有一个机器人助手,且是以辅音音素开头的单词,故选A.【8题详解】句意:当我因为工作离开我的城市时,机器人可以帮我照顾它.Because因为,连词;When当…时候,连词;But但是,连词;However然而,副词,根据句意,可知空处意思为“当…时候”,连词,连接前后两个句子,故选B.【9题详解】句意:在假期里,我的机器人会为我制定不同的计划,并告诉我每个计划需要多少钱.how long多长;how far多远;how much多少,用于不可数名词;how many多少,用于可数名词,根据空后money,不可数名词,可知意思为“多少钱”,所以用how much,故选C.【10题详解】句意:然后我可以选择最好的计划.more更多;less更少;good好;best最好,根据上文my robot will make different plans我的机器人会制定不同的计划,可知I can choose…,我可以选择最好的计划,故选D.完形填空阅读下面短文, 在每小题所给的四个选项中, 选出一个最佳答案, 并将答题卡对应题目所选的选项涂黑.Liu Rui, a 15-year-old boy from Guangdong, began to wear glasses at the age of five. Most students in Liu's class wear glasses. In fact, half of Chinese teenagers are near-sighted (近视). But young people aren't the only ones with eyesight (视力)___11___ in China. This is ___12___because of the long-time use of the eyes when people are studying or working. Many people spend a lot of time ___13___ books and electronic devices (电子设备). It makes eyes tired. Also, many people know that reading under dark light is ___14___ for their eyes.Many people wonder why eating too much sugar is another reason. Scientists ___15___ that eating too much sugar can do bad to your eyes too. That's because too much sugar in the body brings a shortage(缺乏)of vitamin B1. It is very bad for your eyes. How to protect your eyes? Many scientists give ___16___ on how to better protect your eyes:Follow the 20-20-20 ___17___ : Every 20 minutes, take away any electronic devices you are using. Then, watch 20-meter-away trees for ___18___ 20 seconds.A study shows that kids spending more time outside are not easy to ___19___ near-sighted. when you're outside, your eyes have ____20____ time to watch greens.At the same time, your eyes can get more sunlight. 1t can help your eves grow and stay healthy as well.11. A. questions B. problems C. mistakes D. actions12. A. luckily B. quickly C. seriously D. mainly13. A. seeing B. reading C. looking D. writing14. A. bad B. good C. easy D. difficult15. A. disagree B. wonder C. believe D. refuse16 A. advice B. resolutions C. examples D. discussions17. A. event B. result C. service D. rule18. A. at last B. at least C. at most D. at once19. A. become B. catch C. bring D. expect20. A. more B. less C. fewer D. faster【答案】11. B 12. D 13. B 14. A 15. C 16. A 17. D 18. B 19. A 20. A【解析】【分析】本文主要讲很多人视力及造成近视的原因,以及许多科学家给出了如何保护你眼睛建议..【11题详解】句意:但年轻人不是中国唯一有视力问题的人.questions问句,疑问;problems问题、事情、现象;mistakes错误;actions行为,根据句意,with eyesight 有视力问题,可知为一种现象,故选B.【12题详解】句意:这主要是因为人们在学习或工作时用眼时间太长.luckily幸运地;quickly迅速地;seriously严重地;mainly主要地,根据句意,可知这里指主要原因,故选D.【13题详解】句意:许多人花很多时间在阅读书籍和电子设备上.seeing看见;reading读;looking看;writing写,根据此空句意spend a lot of time…books花很多时间看书,可知此空为看书,reading books意为看书,故选B.【14题详解】句意:此外,许多人知道在黑暗的光线下阅读对他们的眼睛有害.bad不好,有害;good好的;easy容易的;difficult困难的,根据常识,在黑暗的光线下阅读对他们的眼睛有害,故选A.【15题详解】句意:科学家认为吃太多糖也会对你的眼睛有害.disagree不同意;wonder想知道;believe相信,认为;refuse拒绝,根据此空前句'Many people wonder why eating too much sugar is another reason.很多人想知道为什么吃太多糖是另一个原因,和后句That's because too much sugar in the body brings a shortage (缺乏) of vitamin B1.这是因为体内糖分过多会导致维生素B1缺乏.可知空处意思为科学家相信吃太多糖也会对眼睛有害,故选C.【16题详解】句意:许多科学家建议如何更好地保护眼睛.advice 建议;resolutions 决心;examples 例子;discussions 讨论,根据How to protect your eyes ? Many scientists g ive…如何保护你的眼睛?可知许多科学家给出建议,故选A .【17题详解】句意:遵循20-20-20规则.event 事件;result 结果;service 服务;rule 规则,根据下文Every 20 minutes, take away any electronic devices you are using. Then, watch 20-meter-away trees for ___8___ 20 seconds. 每隔20分钟,拿走你正在使用的任何电子设备. 然后,观看20米以外的树木___8___20秒.可知空处意思为遵循20-20-20规则,故选D .【18题详解】句意:然后,最多至少20米长的树木20秒.at last 最后;at least 至少;at most 最多;at once 立即,根据句意,可知为至少观察20秒,故选B .【19题详解】句意:一项研究表明,孩子们花更多的时间在外面不容易变得近视.become 变得;catch 抓住;bring 带来;expect 期盼,near-sighted 近视的,形容词,所以空处用系动词become 变得,故选A .【20题详解】句意:当你在外面的时候,你的眼睛有更多的时间看绿色.more 更多;less 更少,修饰不可数名词;fewer 更少,修饰可数名词;faster 更快,根据常识,可知当你在外面的时候.你的眼睛有更多的时间看绿色,故选A .【点睛】解答完形填空首先要通读全文,掌握大意.结合选项初步弄清短文写了些什么内容.在理解全文意思的基础上,结合文章内容对空缺句子作合乎逻辑的推理.必须弄清空缺词句的确切含义,空缺词句与其前后句的意义衔接必须自然、合理,最后根据语境,结合选项,选出正确答案.如,第7小题,根据下文Every 20 minutes, take away any electronic devices you are using. Then, watch 20-meter-away trees for ___8___ 20 seconds. 每隔20分钟,拿走你正在使用的任何电子设备. 然后,观看20米以外的树木___8___20秒.可知空处意思为遵循20-20-20规则,故选D .阅读理解阅读A, B 两篇短文, 从每小题所给的四个选项中, 选出能回答所提问题或完成所给句子的最佳答案, 并将答题卡上对应题目所选的选项涂黑.AIt is important to sort (分类)your rubbish. If you sort your rubbish, you are helping to protect the environment and save our earth. If you don't do this, the rubbish will be everywhere and we can't plant things on them. Some kindsof rubbish will pollute the soil(泥土)and the water. For example, the bad things in phones can run out and pollute the ground. Other rubbish, like some parts of pens, can be used to make other things.Here are four kinds of rubbish:Recyclable(可循环的):Things that can be reused, such as paper, metal (金属), glass and old clothes. Wet: It is also called "household waste" "You don't want these things but pigs can eat," Guangzhou Daily saidHarmful(有害的): such as medicine, batteries(电池)and phones. If you throw them away, they may pollute the soil and water.Others: It is also called "Dry". Any waste that doesn't belong to (属于).Wet, Recyclable or Harmful.21. How many kinds of rubbish can we sort?A. Two.B. Three.C. Four.D. Five.22. Which kind of rubbish do the useless phones belong to?A. RecyclableB. WetC. Dry.D. Harmful.23. Which of the following is NOT TRUE about the "Wet"?A. Pigs can eat them.B. It will pollute the soil and water.C. We can call it "household waste".D. Banana skin is one kind of Wet rubbish.24. What will happen if we don't sort the rubbish?A. We will have fewer places to grow plants.B. All of the rubbish will pollute the soil and water.C. We are helping to save our earth.D. We will have a better environment.25. Where can we find this article(文章)?A. A movie.B. A newspaper.C. A story book.D. A dictionary.【答案】21. C 22. D 23. B 24. B 25. B【解析】本文主要讲了如何给垃圾分类以及垃圾分类的意义.【21题详解】细节理解题.根据上文Here are four kinds of rubbish这里有四种垃圾,故选C.【22题详解】细节理解题.根据上文Harmful(有害的): such as medicine, batteries(电池)and phones. 有害的:如药品,电池和电话.可知电话属于有害类,故选D.【23题详解】推理判断题.Pigs can eat them. 猪可以吃.根据上文pigs can eat,可知A项说法正确.We can call it "household waste".它也被称为“生活垃圾”.根据上文It is also called "household waste"可知C项说法正确.Banana skin is one kind of Wet rubbish. 香蕉皮是一种湿垃圾.香蕉皮也是一种生活垃圾,所以D项说法正确.由此可知A、C和D项说法正确,所以B项“It will pollute the soil and water.它会污染土壤和水.”不正确.故选B.【24题详解】细节理解题.If you don't do this, the rubbish will be everywhere and we can't plant things on them. Some kinds of rubbish will pollute the soil(泥土)and the water. 可知如果你不这样做,垃圾就会到处都是,我们不能种东西.有些垃圾会污染土壤和水.故选B.【25题详解】推理判断题.A movie一部电影;A newspaper一份报纸;A story book一本故事书;A dictionary一本字典,本文为一篇介绍垃圾分类的说明文,结合选项,只有可能来自一份报纸,故选B.BMany Chinese basketball fans were sad on Sept 8, China lost an important World Cup game against Nigeria on the day. Because of it, China was out of the 2019 International Basketball Federation (FIBA) World Cup. It also lost a chance(机会)to take hart in next year's Tokyo Olympic Games.Yi Jianlian is the leader(队长)of the Chinese men's national basketball team. He said. "The chance is rare for all of us, because it will be a long time for us to have such a big game in China again." he told China Daily. "You can feel excited and special when you win for my country. It's very meaningful for the national team and for me to play in the World Cup in front of the Chinese."With this patriotism(爱国精神)in mind, Yi carried the team on his shoulders, though his ankle(膝盖)was hurt. He did everything he could against Nigeria and got 27 points all on his own during the game.But just a few minutes before the game ended, Yi's ball was stopped and the team was sure to lose. He hit the ground and shouted with anger. Later, Yi said it was hard to accept the loss. "But we can not give up because of the loss tonight. We still need to work hard and hold our heads up high in future matches," Yi said.26. When was the game between China and Nigeria?A. On Aug. 8B. On Sep. 1C. On Sep. 8D. On Aug. 2727. What did Yi think of the match?A. special and meaningfulB. sad and surprisingC. exciting and tiringD. usual and boring28. What would happen to China's basketball team after they lost the game?A. The team would have more matches in FIBA.B. The team would lose a lot of money.C. The team wouldn't go to Tokyo Olympic Games in 2020.D. The team wouldn't play games in China anymore.29. What does the underlined word "rare" mean?A. 众多的B. 难忘的C. 普通的D. 稀有的30. What's the main idea of the passage?A. Keeping work hard though we fail.B. Giving up when we fail.C. Taking part in Tokyo Olympic Games.D. Cheering up our National basketball team【答案】26. C 27. A 28. C 29. D 30. A【解析】【分析】本文主要是通过讲述中国男篮比赛失败的事情,告诉大家尽管失败了也要继续努力.【26题详解】细节理解题.根据上文Many Chinese basketball fans were sad on Sept 8, China lost an important World Cup game against Nigeria on the day. 许多中国篮球迷在9月8日伤心,中国输掉了一场重要的世界杯对阵尼日利亚的比赛.可知中国和尼日利亚的比赛是在9月8日,故选C.【27题详解】细节理解题.根据上文You can feel excited and special when you win for my country. It's very meaningful for…当你为我的国家获胜时,你会感到兴奋和特别,在中国面前踢世界杯是非常有意义的.故选A.【28题详解】细节理解题.根据上文Because of it, China was out of the 2019 International Basketball Federation (FIBA) World Cup. It also lost a chance(机会)to take hart in next year's Tokyo Olympic Games. 正因为如此,中国退出了2019年国际篮联(FIBA)世界杯.它也失去了一个机会参加明年的东京奥运会.可知这支球队不会在2020年参加东京奥运会.故选C.【29题详解】词句猜测题.根据下句because it will be a long time for us to have such a big game in China again. 因为我们再在中国参加这么大的比赛还需要很长时间,可知这样的机会很稀有,故选D.【30题详解】主旨大意题.根据上文But we can not give up because of the loss tonight. We still need to work hard and hold our heads up high in future matches," Yi said. "可知本文主要是想告诉我们,尽管失败了也要继续努力.故选A. 【点睛】在做阅读理解题时,注意段落与段落之间逻辑关系以及对篇章的整体理解,看不懂的词跳过,根据上下文猜其意思,掌握一些常识,根据问题找到关键语句,不要以个人的主观想象代替文章的事实,要根据文章事实进行合乎逻辑的推理判断,选择正确答案.在做细节理解题时一定要找到文章中的原句,和题干进行比较,再做出正确的选择;在做推理判断题时不要以个人的主观想象代替文章的事实,要根据文章事实进行合乎逻辑的推理判断.C. 配对阅读.左栏是五人的情况介绍, 右栏是七本书的简介, 请为每一个人选择最合适的书.【答案】31. G 32. E33. B 34. A35. F【解析】(1)Lily是一位音乐老师,她的学生喜欢她的课,因为他们可以在班上学习许多最新的流行歌曲,她想买一本关于新歌的新书.——最新的200首歌.(2) Dora的英语口语有很多问题,所以她想买本书来提高她的英语口语.——在英语口语方面取得成功的方法.(3)John是个学生,他非常喜欢画画,今年冬天,他将参加一个绘画比赛,他想买一本书来学习更多的东西.——画画的技巧.(4) Anna喜欢看长篇小说,尤其是中国四大名著,她认为它们也能帮助她在考试中写出好的作文.——西游记.(5)Wilson对照相很感兴趣,但他不擅长照相,他想买本书来帮助他.——如何成为一名优秀的摄影师. 【31题详解】细节理解题.根据She wants to buy a new book about new songs.可知她想买一本关于新歌的新书.结合选项,应选Latest 200 Songs最新的200首歌,故选G.【32题详解】细节理解题.根据So she wants to buy a book to make her spoken English better.可知说的是学习英语,结合选项,应选A Way to Succeed in Spoken English在英语口语方面取得成功的方法,故选E.【33题详解】细节理解题.根据This winter, he will take part in a drawing competition(比赛)He wants to buy a book to learnm ore.“可知说的是画画,结合选项,应选Skills of Drawing画画的技巧,故选B.【34题详解】细节理解题.根据Anna likes reading long novels (小说),especially the Four Famous Novels in China. 可知说的是名著,结合选项.应选Travel to the West西游记.故选A.【35题详解】细节理解题.根据Wilson is interested in taking photos.可知说的是照相,结合选项,应选How to Be a Good Photographer如何成为一名优秀的摄影师,故选F.短文填空请用适当的词完成下面的短文, 并把所缺单词填写在答题卡指定的位置上.每个空只能填写一个形式正确、意义相符的单词.A man came home from work late. He felt tired. But he was surprised to find his 5-year-old son waiting____36____him at the door."Daddy, how much money do you ____37____ each hour?""If you must know, I make $20 each hour.""Oh," the little boy answered, with his head down. He thought for a moment, looked up and said, "Daddy,___38___ you lend me $10?"The father was angry and said, "____39____you ask for the money to buy a toy, then go back to your room and think about why you are always thinks of playing!"The little boy____40____back to his room. After a short time, the father calmed down(冷静), and started to think, "Maybe he really needs to buy something and he doesn't really ____41____ for money very often." So he went to the little boy's room."Sorry!My dear son." said the man, "Here's $10.""Oh, thank you, Daddy!" the little boy said ____42____ with a smile on his face.Then the boy took out some coins(硬币). When the father found that the boy already had money, he got___43___again."____44____do you want more money when you already have some?" the father shouted angrily."Because I didn't have enough, but now I do." the little boy answered, "Daddy, I have $20 now. Can I buy one hour of your time? Please come home _____45_____ tomorrow. I want have dinner with you."【答案】36. for37. make 38. could39. If 40. went41. ask 42. happily43. angry 44. Why45. early【解析】本文讲述了一个小男孩为了让他的父亲多陪伴他,给他的父亲支付起“时薪”的故事.【36题详解】句意:但是他惊讶地发现五岁的儿子在门口等着他.由空前的waiting可知,应使用动词短语wait for sb. “等待某人”,故答案为for.【37题详解】句意:爸爸,你每个小时挣多少钱?由下文爸爸的答语I make $20 each hour可知,孩子在问爸爸每个小时挣多少钱,使用动词make "挣得",故答案为make.【38题详解】句意:爸爸,你能借我10美元吗?由下文的you ask for the money to buy a toy可知,男孩问父亲能否借他10美元,使用表示委婉的情态动词could.故答案为could.【39题详解】句意:如果你要钱去买玩具,那么回去你的房间想一下为什么你总是想着玩!根据语境,可知前后两句为条件关系,所以用if引导条件状语从句,故答案为If.【40题详解】句意:小男孩走回他的房间.由下文的...back to his room可知,小男孩走回他的房间,使用动词短语go back to回去,此处表示过去发生的事件.因此使用go的过去式,故答案为went.【41题详解】句意:也许他真的需要买东西,而且他并不经常要钱.由下文的for可知,他也没有经常要钱,使用动词短语ask for sth . "请求某物",doesn't后面加动词原形,故答案为ask.【42题详解】句意:小男孩高兴地笑着说.由下文的with a smile on his face可知,小男孩面带微笑高兴地说,使用副词happily修饰谓语动词said.故答案为happily.【43题详解】句意:父亲再次感到生气.由上文的The father was angry和空后的again再次,可知父亲再次感到生气,使用形容词angry"生气的" 作表语,故答案为angry.【44题详解】句意:“当你已经有钱的时候,你为什么要更多的钱?”父亲愤怒地喊道.由下文的Because,可知上文爸爸问为什么还要更多呢,使用疑问词why"为什么",故答案为Why.【45题详解】句意:请明天早点回家.由下文的I want to have dinner with you可知,孩子想让爸爸明天早点回家,使用副词early修饰谓语动词come.故答案为early.读写综合A. 回答问题Staying with a friend or family member is a great way to save some money when you travel. But how can you be a great guest(客人)?。
【人教版】八年级上册英语《期末检测卷》(含答案)
人教版八年级上学期期末考试英语试题一、单项选择1. —I think we should work harder than before.—I agree________ you.A. onB. toC. withD. for2. The sun is shinning, ______ it isn’t warm today.A. orB. andC. becauseD. but3.—______the population of China?—______over 1,300,000,000.A. How many are; They areB. How’s; It’sC. What’s; It’sD. How much is; It’s4.—Would you like ______to drink? —Yes, I’d like a cup of coffee.A. something elseB. else somethingC. anything elseD. else anything5.The Yellow River is the second ____ river in China.A. longB. longerC. longestD. the longest6. Jenny is ______taller than any other student in her class.A. muchB. veryC. moreD. much more7. Don’t be afraid of new words. You can ______ in the dictionary.A. look at themB. look for themC. look them upD. look them over8.It took Lily two weeks_______ reading the novels written by Han Han.A. finishB. to finishC. finishesD. finishing9.—Miss Li, could you give me on English learning?—Certainly. First you should speak English every day.A. any advicesB. many advicesC. some adviceD. some advices10.—Mum, must I stay there the whole day?—No, you .You come back after lunch, if you like.A. mustn’t; canB. needn’t; mustC. needn’t; mayD. .mustn’t ma y11. —Happy birthday to you, Mary!— ______.A. Thanks a lotB. The same to youC. You’re welcomeD. It’s kind of you12.The policeman told the boys _________ in the street. It was dangerous.A. not to playB. don’t playC. to playD. playing13. If you _______ go, at least wait until the rain stops.A. canB. mayC. mustD. will14.--- Mum, I was the first to reach the top of the mountain. --- Good job, Jack! I’m ___ of you.A. carefulB. proudC. tiredD. afraid15. —Tom, supper is ready.—I don’t want to eat________ , Mum. I’m not feeling well.A. anythingB. everythingC.somethingD. nothing 16. I got home for my birthday from my collegeon Friday evening. No one was at home, and Mum and Dad hadn’t left me a note. This made me ______.A. surprisedB. happyC. angryD. excited17. —What do you think of the film you saw yesterday?—Oh,It’s one of _____________films I have ever seen.A. interestingB. more interestingC. most interestingD. the most interesting18.—Remember this, John. careful you are, mistakes you will make.—Thanks, Miss Rose.A. The more; the lessB. The more; the fewerC. The less; the fewerD. The more; the more19.Five million, five hundred and fifteen thousand ,one hundred and fifty-one is ____.A. 5,515,151B. 5,151,151C. 5,151,515D. 5,551,15520.—I didn’t go to the park with you because my mother was ill. — ______________.A. I’m sorry to hear that.B. Get a move on.C. You must be joking.D. It makes me mad.二、完型填空完型填空When Mary Smith was a___21___, she wanted to be a teacher,___22___she liked children. When she was twenty, she began teaching in a small school. She was a good teacher, and she___23___a lot with the children in her class.They___24___her teaching. One day___25___of the girls in her class said to her, "Miss Smith,___26___does a man's hair become grey before his beard (胡子) does?" Mary laughed and answered, "I don't know. Helen, do you know?" "I___27___, either, Miss Smith," said Helen, "but it happened to my father." The___28___children in the class laughed when they heard this. Then a boy said, "I___29___, Miss Smith. A man's hair becomesgrey___30___because it's sixteen years older than his beard."21. A. woman B. student C. teacher D. wife22. A. so B. but C. that D. because23. A. cried B. shouted C. learned D. laughed24. A. refused B. enjoyed C. thought D. wanted25. A. one B. a C. an D. two26.A. when B. how C. why D. whether 27. A. know B. don't know C. am sure D. am afraid 28. A. other B. another C. some D. few 29. A. think B. know C. guess D. sure 30. A. fast B. slowly C. first D. last 三、阅读理解(A)For the British, the home is private place in which he or she goes to hide away from the troubles of life. It is veryseldom that one would be in vited to a British person’s home. It is rude to knock on a person’s door if you are not invited. If you are invited, don’t ask to see more than the downstairs that your British host invites you into. Never ask how much the house or any of the items in if cost.To the American, most of them want their home to be a place where they can entertain (款待) and share their lives with their friends. They may be delighted to give you a full tour of their houses. They may also be pleased when you show your interest and pleasure in their houses.Both British and American people will___31___quite a bit of chat and a drink or two before the meal is served. After the first mouthful, you should say how delicious the food is and ask something about it. Remember, never eat with your mouth open and make very little noise while eating. It would be nice of you to help your host in any way. Maybe offer to pour some drinks or clear up after the meal.31. British people _______ invite friends to their home.A. oftenB. alwaysC. seldomD. never32. If your British friend invites you to his home, you can ____.A. see anything you likeB. ask how much his house isC. ask the cost of any of the items in itD. only see the downstairs that you are invited into33. When you show your interest and pleasure in American people’s house, they may be __.A. angryB. happyC. sadD. worried34.What does the underlined “engage in” mean in Chinese?A. 陷入B. 参与C. 回避D. 限制35. What’s the main idea of the passage?A. Some manners on visiting British and American people’s home.B. Different table manners between British and American people.C. Different ideas about the home between British and American peopleD. Different ideas about how to get along well with neighbors between British and American people根据短文内容,选择最佳答案。
- 1、下载文档前请自行甄别文档内容的完整性,平台不提供额外的编辑、内容补充、找答案等附加服务。
- 2、"仅部分预览"的文档,不可在线预览部分如存在完整性等问题,可反馈申请退款(可完整预览的文档不适用该条件!)。
- 3、如文档侵犯您的权益,请联系客服反馈,我们会尽快为您处理(人工客服工作时间:9:00-18:30)。
八年级英语第一学期期末测试卷(问卷)(时间:90分钟 满分:120分)1.听力部分 (20分)一、听对话,回答问题:(共5小题,计10分)听下面一段对话,回答第1和第2两个小题。
现在,你有10秒钟的时间阅读这两题。
每段对话读两遍1.--What’s the matter with the woman? -She has a ________. A. toothacheB. stomachacheC. sore throat2.What does the man think she should do? A. See a doctor.B. Lie down and rest.C. Drink some hot water.听下面一段对话,回答第3至第5三个小题。
现在,你有15秒钟的时间阅读这三题。
3.What does Thomas usually do on weekends? A. Watch TV.B. Go shopping.C. Exercise.4.What does Ted sometimes do on weekends? A. Watch TV.B. Read books.C. Exercise.5.What does Ted often do when he is reading a book? A. Drink milk.B. Eat junk food.C. Watch TV.二、听短文,选择正确答案(共5小题,计10分):听下面一篇短文,并按短文的要求在试卷上完成任务。
然后你会看到五个问题和相关的选项,请从中选出最佳选项。
现在,你有15秒钟的时间阅读这五小题。
短文读两遍 Countriessituationsgood mannersChina Visit a Chinese family 6 ChinaThe door opensDon’t move before the host says “Come in”.China Come into the room7ChinaA cup of tea is put on a tea tableSay “Thank you”andreceiveit withyour twohands. Japan Before coming into thehouse89Keepyourshoesclean. Malaysia10EnglandFinish a drink or the food to show that he has enjoyed it.6.When you visit a Chinese family, you should ______________.A. take off your shoes firstB. knock at the door firstC. open the door first7. You can’t ________ until the host asks you to when you come into a Chinese room.A. stand upB. drink a cup of teaC. sit down8. Before you come into a Japanese family, you must_________.A. drink a cup of tea firstB. keep the shoes clean firstC. take off your shoes first9. It is good manners to keep your shoes clean in_________.A. ChinaB. JapanC. France10. I n Malaysia when you eat, you’d better _____________.A. leave some food on the tableB. finish all food on the tableC. drink some water first笔试部分(计100分)三、单项选择。
(共20小题,计20分)1. --- Look at ______old man. Who is he?--- Sorry, I don’t know.A. anB. /C. aD. the2. ---Do you know anything about the singer Jay?---Yeah. I heard that he speaks English best in the family, but he speaks Chinese ______ in the family.A. bestB. worstC. betterD. worse3. -- ________did Charles Osborne hiccup?--He hiccupped 69 years.A. When; inB. How; forC. Why; /D. How long; for4. sixteen, Edison began to sell newspapers on the train.A. When the age wasB. At the age ofC. By the age ofD. On the age of5. –Is your grandmother still ?--Of course. She with my aunt in the countryside.A. live; livesB. living; aliveC. alive; livesD. live; alive6. I am ________than most of the kids in my class and my best friend Mary is quiet, too.A. funnierB. quieterC. more athleticD. smarter7. If you are_________, listening to music is good for you.A. hungryB. thirstyC. stressed outD. weak8. It’s easy to have a _____ lifestyle, and it’s important _____ a balance d diet.A. healthy, eatB. health, eatingC. health, to eatD. healthy, to eat9. The English short play made all of us _______.A. to cryB. laughC. eatingD. dance10. ---When did the young man the army? ---In 2003.A. joinB. join inC. take part inD. enter11. ---Can you guess who will be the first to cross the finish line?---Sandy. Jane didn’t run so fast_______ she did last time.A. thanB. soC. thatD. as12. You are never ________ young _________ start doing things.A. so...thatB. between...andC. too...toD. more...than13. Li Ming can’t come to help us this afternoon. He has got _______.A. something important to doB. important something to doC. to do important somethingD. to do some important14. ---How long does it take you to do your homework every day?---It _____ me two hours.A. spendsB. takesC. isD. are15. I often wait for my mother ________ she comes home.A. afterB. whenC. becauseD. until16. You look tired. You should _____.A. play basketballB. go campingC. go fishingD. lie down and rest17. --- Must we clean the classroom now?---No, you _______.A. mustn'tB. may notC. can'tD. needn't18. In my class, 85% students ride bikes to school. So students get to school by bike.A. allB. moreC. mostD. a few19. I like talking with others. But Tom doesn’t. He often reads books. So Tom is than I am.A. funnierB. more outgoingC. wilderD. calmer20.--What _____ did you do?-- I hung out with my friend and took some photos.A. elseB. otherC. moreD. the other四、完型填空(共15小题,计15分)We know that trees are useful in our everyday life. They 21 us many things, such as wood,oxygen(氧气),rubber, medicines and many other 22 .They can 23 tell us a lot about our climate(气候).The following are the reasons:If you 24 a tree, you can see that it 25 many rings(年轮).Most trees grow one new ring 26 year. Because of this reason , we know 27 a tree is. A tree over a hundred years old 28 that it has more than a hundred 29 .When the climate is dry or very cold, the trees do not grow very much and their rings are usually 30 .When it is wet and warm, the rings are much thicker. If the rings are suddenly very thin or suddenly very 31 ,this means that the climate 32 changed. If we 33 the rings on this tree, we can learn about the 34 for a hundred years. We can see 35 our climate is changing today.21.A.tell B. ask C. give D. get22. A. years B. things C. trees D. reasons23. A. not B. too C. to D. also24.A.cut across B. climb up C. walk past D. look at25. A. is B. has C. was D. will be26. A. every B. many C. the first D. from27. A. how big B. how long C. how old D. how much28. A. takes B. means C. gets D. begins29. A .trees B. leaves C. people D. rings30. A. big B. thick C. small D. thin31. A. long B. short C. thick D. heavy32. A. suddenly B. happily C. hardly D. kindly33. A. look for B. look at C. look up D. look out34. A. people B. things C. climate D. life35. A. how B. why C. when D. while五、阅读理解: 阅读下面文章,做出正确的选择(共15小题,计30分)AIn Japan there are many holidays and other great days. We can tell a few here.The fifth birthday of a boy is a great day in the family. The boy puts on a shirt like the one his father wears. It is an important moment in his life and means that he must now be a manly little boy like his father. He must smile when he has pain (疼痛) or trouble. He must carry on.The day a girl becomes seven years old is a big day in the family. She may now wear a sash (腰带) like the one her mother wears. Her friends and her mother's friends come and drink tea and eat cakes. It means that the girl must now be a womanly little girl and help in the home.One of the great holidays in Japan is the Emperor's (天皇) birthday. Instead of school there are picnics, games, sports and speeches, as we have on our fourth of July in America.36. How many holidays and great days are told of in the story?____________.A. OneB. TwoC. ThreeD. Four37. When a boy begins to wear a shirt like the one his father wears, _________.A. he isn't a boyB. he needn't go to schoolC. he must be a boy of strong character like his fatherD. he has no trouble38. Which birthday of a girl is a big day in her family?A. The sixthB. The seventhC. The eighthD. The seventeenth39. Japanese children don't go to school on ___________?A. their fifth birthdaysB. their seventh birthdaysC. their fifth and seventh birthdaysD. their emperor's birthday 40. From the story we can know the writer is from _________. A. China B. America C. England D. JapanBThe best way of learning a language is using it .The best way of learning English is talking in English as much as possible. Sometimes you’ll get your words mixed up and people will not understand you .Sometimes people will say things too quickly and you can’t understand them. But if you keep your sense of humor, you can always have a good la ugh at the mistakes you make . Don’t be unhappy if people seem to be laughing at your mistakes. It is better for people to laugh at your mistakes than to be angry with you. because they don’t understand what you are saying .The most important thing for lea rning English is: “Don’t be afraid of making mistakes because everyone makes mistakes. ” 41. The writer thinks that the best way for you to learn a language is ________. A. writing B. using it C. listening D. learning grammar 42. What should you do in learning English?A. Be careful not to make any mistakes . B .Write as quickly as you can . C .Speak English as much as you can. D .Laugh more often . 43. When people laugh at your mistakes, you should ___________. A. not careB. be happyC. feel worriedD. be unhappy 44. When you make a mistake, you should _______.A. keep quietB. get angryC. be kindD. keep your sense of humor 45. The story tells us “__________”.A. Only foolish people make mistakesB. Few people make mistakesC. People never make mistakes D .There is no one who doesn’t make mistakes 第二节:将下列图画中的A 、B 、C 、D 、E 与 46-50 的小短文进行正确匹配。